EPA 440/1-73/014
           DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT FOR
    PROPOSED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS  GUIDELINES
    AND NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE  STANDARDS
                     FOR THE
            PETROLEUM REFINING
               POINT SOURCE CATEGORY


           UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                     DECEMBER 1973

-------
                            Publication Notice

This is a development document for proposed effluent limitations
guidelines and new source performance standards.   As such, this report
is subject to changes resulting from comments received during the period
of public comments of the proposed regulations.   This document in its
final form will be published at the time the regulations for this
industry are promulgated.

-------
              DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT

                      for

    PROPOSED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES

                      and

        NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

                    for the
               PETROLEUM REFINING
             POINT SOURCE CATEGORY
                Russell E. Train
                 Administrator
                Robert L. Sansom
Assistant Administrator for Air & Water Programs
                  Allen Cywin
     Director, Effluent Guidelines Division

                David L. Becker
                 Martin Halper
                Project Officers
                 December, 1973

          Effluent Guidelines Division
        Office of Air and Water Programs
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Washington,  D.C.   20460

-------

-------
                                ABSTRACT

  Tis development document presents the findings of an extensive study of
the Petroleum Refining Industry for the purposes of developing  effluent
limitation   guidelines,  standards  of  performance,  and  pretreatment
standards for the industry to implement Sections 304, 306 and 307 of the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972,  (PL  92-500).    Guidelines
and   standards  were  developed  for  the  overall  petroleum  refining
industry, which was divided into six subcategories.

Effluent limitation guidelines contained herein set forth the degree  of
reduction  of  pollutants  in  effluents  that is attainable through the
application of best practicable control technology  currently  available
(BPCTCA), and the degree of reduction attainable through the application
of best available technology economically achievable (BATEA)  by existing
point  sources  for  July  1,  1977,  and  July  1,  1983, respectively.
Standards of performance for new sources are based on the application of
best available demonstrated technology  (BADT).

Annual costs for the petroleum refining industry  for  achieving  BPCTCA
Control by 1977 are estimated at $244,000,000, and the additional annual
costs for attaining BATEA Control by 1980 are estimated at $250,000,000.
The estimated annual costs for BADT for new sources is $26,000,000.

Supporting  data  and rationale for the development of proposed effluent
limitation guidelines and standards of performance are contained in this
  (velopment document.
                                 111

-------
                               CONTENTS


Section                                                                Page

            ABSTRACT                                                    ill

            CONTENTS                                                     v

            FIGURES                                                      x

            TABLES                                                       xi

I           CONCLUSIONS                                                  1

II          RECOMMENDATIONS                                              3

III         INTRODUCTION                                                17

              Purpose and Authority                                     17
              Methods Used for Development of the Effluent              18
                Limitation Guidelines and Standard of
                Performance
              General Description of the Industry                       20
              Storage and Transportation                                25
                Crude Oil and Product Storage                           25
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Trends
              .  Ballast Water                                           26
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Treands
              Crude Desalting                                           26
                Process Description
                Wastes
                Trends
              Crude Oil Fractionation                                   28
                Process Description
                  Prefractionation and Atmospheric Distillation
                     (Topping or Skimming)
                  Vacuum Fractionation
                  Three Stage Crude Distillation
                Wastes
                Trends
              Cracking                                                  31
                Thermal Cracking                                        31
                  Process Description
                  Wastes

-------
Section                                                                Page

                    Trends
                Catalytic Cracking                                      32
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Trends
                Hydrocracking                                           34
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Trends
              Hydrocarbon Rebuilding                                    35
                Polymerization                                          35
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Trends
                Alkylation                                              35
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Trends
              Hydrocarbon Rearrangements                                36
                Isomerization                                           36
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Trends
                Reforming                                               37
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Trends
              Solvent Refining                                          38
                Process Description
                Wastes
                Trends
              Hydrotreating                                             39
                Process Description
                Wastes
                Trends
              Grease Manufacture                                        40
                Process Description
                Wastes
                Trends
              Asphalt Production                                        41
                Process Description
                Wastes
              Product Finishing                                         41
                Drying and Sweetening                                   41
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Trends
                                    vi

-------
Section                                                                Page

                Lube Oil Finishing                                      42
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Trends
                Blending and Packaging                                  43
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Trends
              Auxiliary Activities                                      44
                Hydrogen Manufacture                                    44
                  Process Description
                  Wastes
                  Trends
                Utilities Function                                      45
              Refinery Distribution                                     48
              Anticipated Industry Growth                               51

IV          INDUSTRY SUBCATEGORIZATION                                  61

              Discussion of the Rationale of Subcategorization          61
              Development of the Industry Subcategorization             62
              Subcategorization Results                                 63
              Analysis of the Subcategorization                         63
                Topping Subcategory
                Low and High Cracking Subcategory
                Petrochemical Subcategory
                Lube Subcategory
                Integrated Subcategory
              Conclusion                                                67

V           WASTE CHARACTERIZATION                                      69

              General
              Raw Waste Loads
              Wastewater Flows
              Basis for Effluent Limitations

VI          SELECTION OF POLLUTANT PARAMETERS                           79

              Selected Parameters
                Oxygen Demand Parameters                                79
                BODS
                COD
                TOC
                TSS
                                       vii

-------
Section                                                              Pag

                Hexane Extractables - Oil and Grease
                Ammonia as Nitrogen
                Phenolic Compounds
                Sulfides
                Total Chromium
                Hexavalent Chromium
                Zinc                                                 88
              Other Pollutants
                IDS
                Cyanides
                pH (Acidity and Alkalinity)
                Temperature
                Other Metallic Ions
                Chlorides
                Fluorides
                Phosphates

VII         CONTROL AND TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY                         95

              In-Plant Control/Treatment Techniques                  95
                Housekeeping
                Process Technology
                Cooling Towers
                  Evaporative Cooling Systems
                  Dry Cooling Systems
                  Wet Cooling Systems
                At-Source Pretreatment
                  Sour Water Stripping                               99
                  Spent Caustic Treatment
                  Sewer System Segregation
                  Storm Water Runoff
                  Gravity Separation of Oil
                  Further Removal of Oil and Solids Clarifiers      106
                End-of-Pipe Control Technology
                  Equalization
                  Dissolved Air Flotation
                  Oxidation Ponds
                  Aerated Lagoon
                  Trickling Filter
                  Bio-Oxidation Tower
                  Activated Sludge
                  Physical Chemical Treatment
                  Flow Reduction Systems
                  Granular Media Filters
                  Activated Carbon
                                   viii

-------
Section
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII

XIII

XIV
      Sludge Handling and Disposal
        Digestion
        Vacuum Filtration
        Centrifugation
        Sludge Disposal
        Landfilling
        Incineration

COST, ENERGY, AND NON-WATER QUALITY ASPECTS

  BPCTCA Treatment Systems Used For Economic Evaluation
  BATEA Treatment Systems Used For Economic Evaluation
  Estimated Costs of Facilities
  Non-Water Quality Aspects

BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY CURRENTLY
AVAILABLE— EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS

  Procedure for Development of BPCTCA Limitations
  Application of Oxygen Demand Limitations
  Variability Allowance for Treatment Plant Performance

BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE—
EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS
                                                       H9
                                                       165
                                                       173
              Flow
              Procedure for Development for BATEA Effluent Limitations
              Statistical Variability of a Properly Designed and
              Operated Waste Treatment Plant
NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
                                                                   179
              Procedure for Development of BADT Effluent Limitations
              Variability Allowance for Treatment Plant Performance
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

BIBLIOGRAPHY

GLOSSARY AND ABBREVIATIONS
                                                       183

                                                       185

                                                       193
                                    ix

-------
                              LIST OF FIGURES


Figure No.                         Title                                Page No.

   1             Crude Desalting (Electrostatic Desalting)                 27

   2             Crude Fractionation (Crude Distillation,                  30
                 Three Stages)

   3             Catalytic Cracking (Fluid Catalytic Cracking)             33

   4             Geographical Distribution of Petroleum                    49
                 Refineries in United States

   5             Hypothetical 100,000 Barrel/Stream Day                    52
                 Integrated Refinery

   6             BPCTCA - Wastewater Treatment System                     141

   7             BATEA - Proposed Treatment                               145

-------
                                      TABLES


Table No.                             Title                               Page No.

   1           BPCTCA Petroleum Refining Industry Effluent Limitations    4-7

   2           BATEA Petroleum Refining Industry Effluent Limitations     8-11

   3           BADT New Source Performance Standards for the Petroleum   12-15
               Refining Industry

   4           Intermediates and Finished Products Frequently Found in     21
               the Petroleum Refining Industry

   5           Major Refinery Process Categories                           23

   6           Qualitative Evaluation of Wastewater Flow and Charac-       24
               teristics by Fundamental Refinery Processes

   7           Crude Capacity of Petroleum Refineries by States  as  of      50
               January 1, 1973 (3).

   8           Process Employment of Refining Processes as of              53
               January 1, 1973 (3).

   9           Trend in Domestic Petroleum Refining from 1967 to 1973      54

   10          1972 Consumption of Petroleum Feedstocks                    55

   11          Sources of Supply for U. S. Petroleum Feedstocks             57

   12          Characteristics of Crude Oils from Major Fields           58-60
               Around the World

   13          Categorization of the Petroleum Refining Industry           64
               Reflecting Significant Differences in Wastewater
               Characteristics

   14          Median Net Raw Waste Loads from Petroleum Refining          65
               Industry Categories

   15          Topping Subcategory Raw Waste Load                          71

   16          Low Cracking Subcategory Raw Waste Load                     72

   17          High Cracking Subcategory Raw Waste Load                    73
                                     xi

-------
Table No.                             Title                             Page No.

   18          Petrochemical Subcategory Raw Waste Load                  74

   19          Lube Subcategory Raw Waste Load                           75

   20          Integrated Subcategory Raw Waste Load                     76

   21          Wastewater Flow from Petroleum Refineries Using 3%        77
               or Less once-Through Cooling Water for Heat Removal

   22          Significant Pollutant Parameters for the Petroleum        80
               Refining Industry

   23          Metallic Ions Commonly Found in Effluents from            92
               Petroleum Refineries

   24          Observed Refinery Treatment Systems and Effluent         108
               Loadings

   25          Expected Effluents from Petroleum Treatment Processes    109

   26          Typical Removal Efficiencies for Oil Refinery            110
               Treatment Processes

   27          Estimated Total Annual Costs for End-of-Pipe Treatment   120
               Systems for the Petroleum Refining Industry (Existing
               Refineries)

   28          Summary of End-of-Pipe Wastewater Treatment Costs for    121
               Representative Plants in the Petroleum Refinery Industry

   29          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        123
               Industry - Topping Subcategory

   30          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        124
               Industry - Topping Subcategory

   31          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        125
               Industry - Topping Subcategory

   32          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        126
               Industry - Low Cracking Subcategory

   33          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        127
               Industry - Low Cracking Subcategory
                                   xii

-------
Table No.                             Title                           Page No.

   34          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        128
               Industry - Low Cracking Subcategory

   35          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        129
               Industry - High Cracking Subcategory

   36          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        130
               Industry - High Cracking Subcategory

   37          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        131
               Industry - High Cracking Subcategory

   38          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        132
               Industry - Petrochemical Subcategory

   39          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        133
               Industry - Petrochemical Subcategory

   40          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        134
               Industry - Petrochemical Subcategory

   41          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        135
               Industry - Lube Subcategory

   42          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        136
               Industry - Lube Subcategory

   43          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        137
               Industry - Lube Subcategory

   44          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        138
               Industry - Integrated Subcategory

   45          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        139
               industry - Integrated Subcategory

   46          Water Effluent Treatment Costs Petroleum Refining        140
               Industry - ^Integrated Subcategory

   47          BPCTCA - End-of-Pipe Treatment System Design Summary     142

   48          BATEA - End of-Pipe Treatment System Design Summary      146

   49          BPCTCA - Estimated Wastewater Treatment Costs for         152
               the Topping Subcategory
                                      xiii

-------
Table No.                             Title                          Page No.

   50          BPCTCA - Estimated Wastewater Treatment Costs for       153
               the Low Cracking Subcategory

   51          BPCTCA - Estimated Wastewater Treatment Costs for       154
               the High Cracking Subcategory

   52          BPCTCA - Estimated Wastewater Treatment Costs for       155
               the Petrochemical Subcategory

   53          BPCTCA - Estimated Wastewater Treatment Costs for       156
               the Lube Subcategory

   54          BPCTCA - Estimated Wastewater Treatment Costs/ for       157
               the Integrated Subcategory

   55          Estimated Additional Wastewater Treatment Costs for     158
               BATEA Topping Subcategory

   56          Estimated Additional Wastewater Treatment Costs for     159
               BATEA Low Cracking Subcategory

   57          Estimated Additional Wastewater Treatment Costs for     160
               BATEA High Cracking Subcategory

   58          Estimated Additional Wastewater Treatment Costs for     161
               BATEA Petrochemical Subcategory

   59          Estimated Additional Wastewater Treatment Costs for     162
               BATEA Lube Subcategory

   60          Estimated Additional Wastewater Treatment Costs for     163
               BATEA Integrated Subcategory

   61          Attainable Concentrations from the Application of       169
               Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available

   62          BPCTCA - Petroleum Refining Industry Effluent           170
               Limitations (Annual Average Daily Limits)

   63          Variability Factors                                     171

   64          Flow Basis for Developing BATEA Effluents Limitations   176

   65          BATEA Reductions in Pollutants Loads Achievable by      177
               Application of Activated Carbon to Media Filtration
               Effluent (BPCTCA)
                                      xiv

-------
Table No.                             Title                       Page No.

   66          BATEA - Petroleum Refining Industry Effluent         178
               Limitations (Annual Daily Limits)

   67          BADT - New Source Performance Standards for the      181
               Petroleum Refining Industry (Annual Average Daily
               Limits)

   68          Metric Units Conversion Table                        182
                                        xv

-------
                               SECTION I

                              CONCLUSIONS
This study covered the  products  included  in  the  Petroleum  Refining
Industry  (SIC  2911).   The  2U7  U.S.  petroleum  refineries currently
process 2.2 million cubic meters (14 million barrels)  of crude  oil  per
stream  day.   U.S.  refineries  vary in complexity from the very small,
with simple atmospheric fractionation, or topping,  to  the  very  large
integrated   refineries  manufacturing  a  multitude  of  petroleum  and
petrochemical products from a variety  of  feedstocks.   The  raw  waste
water  load  is  dependent  upon  the types of processes employed by the
refinery, justifying the utilization of production process groupings, as
delineated by their effects on raw waste water  as  the  basis  for  the
subcategorization.    The  subcategories  developed  for  the  petroleum
refining industry for the purpose of establishing  effluent  limitations
are as follows:
Subcategory

    Topping
    Low-Cracking
    High-Cracking
Basic Refinery Operations Included
                            \
Topping and catalytic reforming

Topping and cracking, with fresh  feed  (non-recycle)
to  the  cracking and hydroprocessing of less than 50
percent of the feedstock throughput.

Topping cracking, with a fresh feed  (nonrecycle)   to
the  cracking  and hydroprocessing of greater than 50
percent of the feedstock throughput.
    Petrochemical  Topping, cracking and petrochemicals operations.*

    Lube           Topping, cracking and lubes.**

    Integrated     Topping,   cracking,   lubes    and    petrochemicals
                   operations. *

*  Petrochemical  operations  - Production of greater than 15 percent of
the  feedstock  throughput  in  first  generation   petrochemicals   and
isomerization  products  (benzene, toluene, xylene, olefins, cyclohexane,
etc.) and/or production of  second  generation  petrochemicals   (cumene,
alcohols, ketones, etc.).

**  Lubes  -  the  production  of  less than 12 percent of the feedstock
throughput as lubes.  Refineries with greater than 12 percent lubes  are
being  considered  speciality  refineries  and  the guidelines for these
specialty refineries will be set at a later date.

-------
All six  subcategories  generate  waste  waters  which  contain  simil
constituents.    However,   the   concentration  and  loading  of  the
constitutents, termed "raw waste load," vary between the  subcategories^
Existing control and treatment technology, as practiced by the industry,
includes  both  end-of-pipe  treatment and in-plant reductions.  Many of
the  individual  wastewater  streams,  such  as  sour  waters,  have   a
deleterious  effect  on biological treatment facilities and/or receiving
waters.  Consequently, these individual streams are pretreated in-plant,
prior to discharge to waste water facilities.   Current  technology  for
end-of-pipe  treatment  involves biological treatment and granular media
filtration.  Biological treatment systems employed  include  activitated
sludge plants and aerated lagoons and stabilization pond systems.

-------
                               SECTION II

                            RECOMMENDATIONS


The  significant  waste  water  constituents  are  BOD5,  COD,  TOC,  total
suspended solids, oil  and  grease,  phenolic  compounds,  ammonia   (N),
sulfides,  total  and  hexavalent  chromium and zinc.  These waste  water
constituents  were  selected  to  be  the  subject  .of   the   effluent
limitations.

Effluent  limitations  commensurate  with  the  best  practical  control
technology  currently  available  are   proposed   for   each   refinery
subcategory.   These  limitations,  listed  in  Table  1,  are  explicit
numerical values for the allowable discharges within  each  subcategory.
Implicit  in  BPCTCA in-process technology is segregation of non-contact
waste waters from process waste water.  BPCTCA end-of-pipe technology is
based on the application of the existing waste water treatment processes
currently used in the Petroleum Refining  Industry.   These  consist  of
equilization  and  storm  diversion; initial oil and solids removal (API
separators or baffle plate separators); further oil and  solids  removal
(clarifiers,  dissolved  air  flotation, or filters); carbonaceous  waste
removal  (activated sludge, aerated lagoons, oxidation  ponds,   trickling
filter,  activated carbon, or combinations of these); and filters (sand,
dual media; or multi-media) following biological treatment methods.   The
   «iability of performance of biological waste water  treatment  systems
      been   recognized  in  the  development  of  the  BPCTCA  effluent
   itations.

Effluent limitations commensurate with  the  best  available  technology
economically  achievable  are  proposed  for  each  subcategory.   These
effluent limitations  are  listed  in  Table  2.   The  limitations  are
explicit  numerical  values  for  the  allowable  discharges within each
subcategory.  The  primary  end-of-pipe  treatment  proposed  for  BATEA
effluent  limitations  is activated carbon adsorption, as further treat-
ment in addition to BPCTCA control technology.  Also implicit  in  BATEA
technology are achievable reductions in waste water flow.

New  source  performance  standards commensurate with the best available
demonstrated technology are based on the  flows  achievable  with  BATEA
technology,  and  the  end-of-pipe  control  technology  achievable with
BPCTCA technology.  These BADT effluent limitations are listed in  Table
3.    Activated   carbon  adsorption  has  not  been  included  as   BADT
technology, since the use of this technology has not  been  sufficiently
demonstrated,  at this time, on petroleum refining waste water to insure
its applicability and reliability on  secondary  effluent  waste  waters
from refineries.

-------
        Table 1
        BPCTCA
        Petroleum Refining Industry Effluent Limitations
        Kilograms of Pollutants/1000 Cubic Meters of Feedstock (1) Per Stream Day
          (Pounds of Pollutants/1000 BBL of Feedstock Per Stream Day)
   Refinery
Subcategory

Topping
Low-Cracking
High-Cracking
Petroleum
Lube
Integrated
BODS
Monthly
Average
7.3 (2.6)
10.2 (3.6)
13.5 (4.4)
15.5 (5.4)
18.4 (6.5)
Daily
Maximum
9.0 (3.2)
12.6 (4.4)
16.7 (5.9)
19.1 (6.7)
22.7 (8.0)
                                                        COD
                                                                   TOG
                             Monthly
                             Average
                                 (10.0)
                                 (22.1)
                                 (38.4)
                                 (33.6)
 27.5 (9.7)   34.0 (12.0)
                     28.3
                     62.5
                    108.7
                     95.1
                    152.6 (53.9)
                    198.8 (70.2)
                             Daily
                              Maximum

                            31.7 (11.2)
                            78.1 (27.6)
                           135.8 (48.0)
                           118.9 (42.0)
                           190.7 (67.4)
                           248.5 (87.8)
                                                  Monthly
                                                    Average
                                            Daily
                                             Maximum
6
14
18
21
25
37
.3
.0
.4
.0
.0
.9
(2.
(4.
(6.
(7.
(8.
(13
2)
9)
5)
4)
8)
.4)
7.
17.
22.
25.
30.
46.
7
2
6
8
8
6
(2.
(6.
(8.
(9.
(10
(16
7)
1)
0)
1)
.9)
.5)
   Runoff (2)
   Ballast (3)
0.025
0.025
(0.21)
(0.21)
0.031(0.26)
0.031(0.26)
0.24 ( 1.6)
0.19 ( 2.0)
0.30 ( 2.0)
0.24 ( 2.5)
0.035 (0.293)0.043(0.360)
0.035 (0.293)0.043(0.360)
        (1)  Feedstock - crude oil and/or natural gas liquids.
        (2)  The additional allocation being allowed for contaminated storm runoff flow (kg/1000 liters
             (lb/1000 gallons) shall be based solely on that storm flow which passes through the treatment
             system.  All additional storm runoff, that has been segregated from the main waste stream, shall
             not show a visible sheen or exceed a TOG concentration of 15 mg/1 when discharged.

        (3)  This is an additional allocation, based on ballast water intake (daily average)-
             per 1000 liters (per 1000 gallons)

-------
      Table 1
      BPCTCA
(continued)

Refinery
Subcategory
Topping
Low-Cracking
High-Cracking
Petrochemical
Lube
Integrated
Total
Suspended
Monthly
Average
4.6 (1
6.4 (2
8.2 (2
9.6 (3
14.1(5
17.3(6
.6)
.2)
.9)
.4)
.0)
.1)
Solids
Daily
Maximum
5
8
10
12
17
21
.8(2.
.0 (2
.2 (3
.0.(4
.6 (6
.6 (7
0
.8)
.6)
.2)
.2)
.6)
Oil
& Grease
Monthly
Average
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
8.
2
2
0
0
9
6
(0.
(1.
(1.
(1.
(2.
(3.
8)
1)
4)
8)
4)
0)
Daily
Maximum
2.8
4.0
5.0
6.2
8.6
10.8
(1.0)
(1.4)
(1.8)
(2.2)
(3.0)
(3.8)
                                                                                   Phenolic Compounds
                                                                                 Monthly        Daily
                                                                                 Average-      Maximum

                                                                                0.048  (0.017)  0.070  (0.025)
                                                                                0.068  (0.024)
                                                                                0.088  (0.031)
                                                                                0.110  (0.039)
                                                                                0.150  (0.053)
                                                                                0.188  (0.066)
                                                                                 0.096  (0.034
                                                                                 0.125  (0.044)
                                                                                 0.156  (0.055)
                                                                                 0.211  (0.074)
                                                                                 0.266  (0.094)
Runoff (2)
Ballast (3)
0.016(0.13)
0.016(0.13)
0.020(0.17)
0.020(0.17)
0.0080(0.067)
0.0080(0.067)
0.010(0.084)
0.010(0.084)

-------
Table 1 (continued)
BPCTCA
Hexavalent
Refinery
Subcategory
topping 0.
Low-CTacking 0.
High-CrackingO.
PetrochemicalO .
Lube 0.
Integrated 0.
Runoff (2)
Ballast (3)
Chromium
Monthly
Average
0023
0032
0041
0045
0068
0091


(0.
(0.
(0.
(0.
(0.
(0.
__
	
00080)
0011)
0014)
0016)
0024)
0032)


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.


Daily
Maximum
0028
0040
0051
0057
0085
Oil
	 	
	
(0.
(0.
(0.
(0.
(0.
(0.


0010)
0014)
0018)
0020)
0030)
0040)


Zinc
Monthly
Average
0.23
0.32
0.41
0.45
0.68
0.91
__
	
(.080)
(0.11)
(0.14)
(0.16)
(0.24)
(0.32)


Daily
Maximum
0.28
0.40
0.51
0.57
0.85
1.1
___
	
(0.10)
(0.14)
(0.18)
(0.20)
(0.30)
(0.40)



-------
     Table 1 (continued)
     BPCTCA
                        Ammonia (N)
Sulfide
Total Chromium
     Refinery
  Subcategory

Topping
Low-Cracking
High-Cracking
Petroleum
Lube
Integrated
Monthly
Average
1.5 (0.53)
3.0 (1.1)
6.9 (2.4)
10.2 (3.6)
6.9 (2.4)
10.6 (3.8)
Daily
Maximum
2.0 (0.70)
4.0 (1.4)
9.2 (3.2)
13.6 (4.8)
9.2 (3.2)
14.2 (5.0)
Monthly
Average
0.04
0.055
0.07
0.085
0.13
0.155
(0.014)
(0.020)
(0.025)
(0.029)
(0.042)
(0.055)
Daily
Maximum
0.07
0.09
0.11
0.13
0.20
0.24
(0
(0
(0
(0
(0
(0
.022)
.031)
.040)
.046)
.066)
.086)
Monthly
Average
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
115
16
20
235
35
445
(0.
(0.
(0.
(0.
(0.
(0.
040)
056)
070)
083)
123)
157)
Daily
Maximum
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
14 (0.
20 (0.
25 (0.
295 (0
435 (0
555 (0
050)
070)
088)
.104)
.154)
.196)
     Runoff (2)
     Ballast (3)

-------
               Table  2
               BATEA
               Petroleum Refining Industry Effluent Limitations
               Kilograms of Pollutants/1000 Cubic Meters of Feedstock (1) Per Stream Day
                 (Pounds of Pollutants/1000 BBL of Feedstock Per Stream Day)
       Refinery
    Subcategory

    Topping
    Low-Cracking
    High-Cracking
    Petroleum
    Lube
    Integrated
          BODS
 Monthly       Daily
 Average      Maximum
1.4(0.50)
2.2(0.78)
2.8(0.99)
3.0(1.07)
6.1(2.16)
6.3(2.23)
1.7(0.61)
2.7(0.97)
3.5(1.22)
3.7(1.32)
7.6(2.67)
7.8(2.75)
                                                            COD
Monthly
Average

 3.7(1.3)
12.7(4.5)
20.4(7.2)
11.3(4.0)
37.6(13.3)
34.0(12.0)
 Daily
  Maximum

 4.5(1.6)
15.8(5.6)
25.5(9.0)
14.2(5.0)
47.0(16.6)
42.5(15.0)
                                                    TOC
Monthly
  Average

   3.1(1.1)
   5.1(1.8)
   6.5(2.3)
   7.1(2.5)
  13.9(4.9)
  14.4(5.1)
Daily
 Maximum

 4.0(1.4)
 6.2(2.2)
 8.2(2.9)
 8.5(3.0)
17.3(6.1)
17.5(6.2)
oo
          Runoff(2) 0.0085(0.071) O.O..(0.088)  0.023(0.19)
          Ballast(3) 0.0085(0.071)0.011(0.088)  0.028(0.23)
                                        0.028(0.23)
                                        0.035(0.29)
                                          0.019(0.16)  0.024(0.20)
                                          0.019(0.16)  0.024(0.20)
               (1)  Feedstock - crude oil and/or natural gas liquids.
               (2)  The additonal allocation being allowed for contaminated storm runoff flow  (kg/inn.O  liters
                    (lbs/1000 gallons) shall be based solely on that storm flow which passes through  the
                    treatment system.  All additional storm runoff, that has been seere^atfid from  the main
                    waste stream, shall not show a visible sheen or exceed a TOC concentration of  15 mg/1 when
                    discharged.
               (3)  This is an additonal allocation, based on ballast water intake (daily average)
                    per 1000 liters (per 1000 gallons)

-------
   T
   BA'
2 (continued)
   Refinery
Subcategory

  Topping
  Low-Cracking
  High-Cracking
  Petrochemical
  Lube
  Integrated
Total Suspended Solids
Monthly
Average
1.3(0.46)
2.1(0.74)
2.6(0.93)
2.8(1.0)
5.6(2.0)
5.9(2.1)
Daily
Maximum
1.6(0.58)
2.6(0.92)
3.3(1.2)
3.6(1.3)
7.1(2.5)
7.4(2.6)
Oil &
Monthly
Average
0.28(0.10)
0.40(0.14)
0.54(0.19)
0.59(0.21)
1.1(0.40)
1.2(0.42)
Grease
Daily
Maximum
0.34(0.12
0.51(0.18)
0.68(0.24)
0.74(0.26)
1.4 (0.50)
1.5(0.52)
                                                                               Phenolic Compounds
                                                                             Monthly        Daily
                                                                             Average-      Maximum
                                                                           0.0050(0.0018) 0.0073(0.0026)
                                                                           0.0084(0.0030) 0.012(0.0043)
                                                                                 (0.0039)
                                                                                 (0.0042)
                        0.011
                        0.012
                        0.025 (0.0087)
0.0155(0.055)
0.017 (0.0060)
0.034 (0.012)
                                                                           0.0255(0.0090) 0.037 (0.013)
  Runoff (2)
  Ballast (3)
          0.0079(0.066)0.010(0.083)  0.0016(0.04)
          0.0079(0.066)0.010(0.083)  0.0016(0.014)
0.0020(0.017)
0.0020(0.017)

-------
Table  2 (continued)
BATEA
Ammonia (N)
Refinery Monthly
Subcategory Average
Topping 0.34(0.12)
Low-Cracking 0.76(0.27)
High-Cracking 1.3(0.46)
Petroleum 2.5(0.87)
Lube 2.3(0.80)
Integrated 2.8(1.0)
Daily
Maximum
0.45(0.16)
1.0(0.36)
1.6(0.58)
3.3(1.2)
3.0(1.1)
3.8(1.4)
                                                Sulfide
                   Total Chromium
                                         Monthly
                                         Average

                                      0.024(0.0084)
                                      0.036(0.013)
                                      0.048(0.017)
                                      0.075(0.027)
                                      0.10(0.036)
                                      0.10(0.036)
   Daily
  Maximum

0.037(0.013)
0.056(0.020)
0.075(0.026)
0.12(0.042)
0.16(0.057)
0.16(0.057)
  Monthly
  Average
 Daily
Maximum
0.065(0.023) 0.085(0.030)
0.105(0.037) 0.13(0.046)
0.13(0.046)  0.16(0.058)
0.14(0.050)  0.175(0.062)
0.29(0.102)  0.36(0.128)
0.30(0.106)  0.37(0.132)
Runoff(2)
Ballast(3)  —

-------
   Table 2  (continued)
   BATEA
                      Hexavalent Chromium
Zinc
   Refinery
Subcategory

Topping
Low-Cracking
High-Cracking
Petrochemical
Lube
Integrated
Monthly
Average
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0013(0.
0020(0.
0026(0.
0028(0.
0059(0.
0059(0.
00046)
00072)
00092)
00099)
0020)
0021)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Dally
Maximum
.0016(0
.0025(0
.0034(0
.0035(0
.0072(0
.0074(0
.00058)
.00090)
.00120)
.00124)
.0025)
.0026)
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Monthly
Average
13(0.
20(0.
26(0.
28(0.
44(0.
46(0.
046)
072)
092)
099)
15)
16)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Daily
Maximum
.16(0.
.25(0.
.34(0.
.35(0.
.57(0.
.59(0.
050)
090)
120)
124)
20)
21)
Runoff (2)
Ballast (3)

-------
        Table  3
        BADT
        Petroleum Refining Industry Effluent Limitations
        Kilograms of Pollutants/1000 Cubic Meters of Feedstock (1) Per Stream Day
          (Pounds of Pollutants/1000 BBL of Feedstock Per Stream Day)
                            BODS
                                     COD
   Refinery
Subcategory

Topping
Low-Cracking
High-Cracking
Petrochemical
Lube
Integrated
Monthly
Average
                                                                                    TOC
 Daily
Maximum
Monthly
Average
4.3(1.5)
5.8(2.4)
8.8(3.1)
9.1(3.2)
14.9(5.3)
18.8(6.6)
5.2(1.85)
8.3(2.9)
10.8(3.8)
11.3(4.0)
18.4(6.5)
23.2(8.2)
15.0(5.3)
40.2(14.2)
75.3(25.6)
57.2(20.2)
125(44.3)
136(48.2)
 Daily
  Maximum

18.7(6.6)
50.4(17.8)
90.6(32.0)
71.3(25.2)
157(55.4)
170(60.2)
Monthly
  Average
Daily
 Maximum
3.7(1.3)
9.3(3.3)
11.9(4.2)
12.5(4.4)
20.6(7.3)
26.1(9.2)
4.5(1.6)
11.3(4.0)
14.4(5.1)
15.3(5.4)
25.5(9.0)
32.3(11.4)
   Runoff(2) 0.025(0.24) 0.031(0.26)     0.91(0.76)       0.11(0.94)
   Ballast(3)0.025(0.21) 0.031(0.26     0.11(0.95)       0.14(1.2)
                                                      0.023(0.19)
                                                      0.023(0.19)
                                                      0.028(0.23)
                                                      0.028(0.23)
        (1)  Feedstock - crude oil and/or natural gas liquids.
        (2)  The additional allocation being allowed  for contaminated storm runoff flow (kg/1000 liters
             (lbs/1000 gallons shall be based solely  on that storm flow which passes through the. treatment
             system.  All additional storm runoff,  that has been segregated from the main waste stream,
             shall not show a visible sheen or exceed a TOC concentration of 15 mg/1 when discharged.

        (3)  This is an additional allocation, based  on ballast water intake (daily average)
             per 1000 liters (per 1000 gallons)

-------
  Table 3  (continued)
  BADT
   Refinery
Subcategory

 Topping
 Low-Cracking
 High-Cracking
 Petrochemical
 Lube
 Integrated
Total Suspended Solids
 Monthly        Daily
 Average       Maximum
                                                     Oil & Grease
2.6(0.93)
4.2(1.5)
5.4(1.9)
5.9(2.1)
3.3(1.2)
5.2(1.8)
6.8(2.4)
7.4(2.6)
11.9(4.2) 14.7(5.2)
11.9(4.2) 14.7(5.2)
Monthly
Average
1.3(0.46)
2.1(0.74)
2.6(0.93)
2.8(1.0)
5.7(2.0)
5.9(2.1)
Daily
Maximum
1.6(0.58)
2.6(0.92)
3.3(1.2)
3.6(1.3)
7.1(2.5)
7.4(2.6)
                                           Phenolic Compounds
                                         Monthly        Daily
                                         Average-      Maximum
                                     0.02(0.0099)
                                     0.045(0.016)
                                     0.057(0.020)
                                     0.059(0.021)
                                     0.115(0.044)
                                     0.130(0.046)
                                     0.040(0.014)
                                     0.062(0.022)
                                     0.082(0.029)
                                     0.085(0.030)
                                     0.177(0.062)
                                     0.183(0.065)
 Runoff (2)
 Ballast (3)
0.016(0.13)0.020(0.17)
0.016(0.13)0.020(0.17)
0.0080(0.066)
0.0080(0.066)
0.010(0.083)
0.010(0.083)

-------
   Table 3  (continued)
   BADT
                      Ammonia (N)
Sulfide
Total Chromium
   Refinery
Subcategory

Topping
Low-Cracking
High-Cracking
Petrochemical
Lube
Integrated
Monthly
Average
0.85(0.30)
1.9(0.68)
4.7(1.7)
5.9(2.1)
5.7(2.0)
7.2(2.6)
Daily
Maximum
1.1(0.40)
2.5(0.90)
6.2(2.2)
7.9(2.8)
7.4(2.6)
9.6(3.4)
Monthly
Average
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
023(0.
037(0.
048(0.
051(0.
103(0.
107(0.
0081)
013)
017)
018)
026)
038X
Daily
Monthly
Maximum
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
037(0
057(0
074(0
079(0
162(0
168(0
.013)
.020)
.026)
.028)
.057)
.059)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Average
.065(0
.105(0
.13(0.
.14(0.
.29(0.
.30(0.
.023)
.037)
046)
050)
102)
106)
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Daily
Maximum
085(0
13(0.
16(0.
175(0
36(0.
37(0.
.030)
046)
058)
.062)
128)
132)
   Runoff(2)
   Ballast(3)  —

-------
    Table  3  (continued)
    BADT
                     Hexavalent Chromium
Zinc
   Refinery
Subcategory

Topping
Low-Cracking
High-Cracking
Petrochemical
Lube
Integrated
Monthly
Average
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0013(0
0020(0
0026(0
0028(0
0057(0
0059(0
.00046)
.00072)
.00092)
.00099)
.0020)
.0021)
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Daily
Monthly
Maximum
0016(0
0025(0
0034(0
0035(0
0072(0
0074(0
.00058
.00090)
. 00120)
.00124)
.0025)
.0026)
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Average
13(0
20(0
26(0
28(0
44(0
46(0
.046)
.072)
.092)
.099)
.15)
.16)
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Daily
Maximum
16(0.
25(0.
34(0.
35(0.
57(0.
59(0.
050)
090)
120)
124)
20)
21)
Runoff (2)
Ballast (3)

-------
                              SECTION III

                              INTRODUCTION


Purpose and Authority

Section 301(b)  of the Act requires the achievement by no later than July
1,  1977, of effluent limitations for point sources, other than publicly
owned treatment works, which are based on the application  of  the  best
practicable  control  technology  currently  available as defined by the
Administrator,  pursuant to section 304(b) of the  Act.   Section  301(b)
also  requires   the  achievement  by  not  later  than  July 1, 1983, of
effluent limitations  for  point  sources,  other  than  publicly  owned
treatment  works,  which  are  based  on  the  application  of  the best
available technology  economically  achievable,  which  will  result  in
reasonable  further  progress  toward  the  national goal of eliminating
discharge  of  all  pollutants,  as  determined   in   accordance   with
requlations  issued  by the Administrator, pursuant to section 304(b) of
the Act.  section 306 of the Act requires the achievement by new sources
of a Federal standard of performance providing for the  control  of  the
discharge  of  pollutants which reflects the greatest degree of effluent
reduction which the Administrator determines to  be  achievable  through
the   application   of   the  best  available  demonstrated  technology,
processes, operative methods or  other  alternatives,  including,  where
 racticable, a standard permitting no discharge of pollutants.

  ction  304 (b)  of the Act requires the Administrator to publish within
one year of enactment of the Act, regulations providing  guidelines  for
effluent  limitations  setting  forth  the  degree of effluent reduction
attainable through the  application  of  the  best  practicable  control
technology  currently  available  and  the  degree of effluent reduction
attainable through the application of  the  best  control  measures  and
practices   achievable   including  treatment  techniques,  process  and
procedure innovations, operation methods and  other  alternatives.   The
regulations  proposed  herein  set forth effluent limitations guidelines
pursuant to section  304 (b)  of  the  Act  for  the  petroleum  refining
industry source category.

Section 306 of the Act requires the Administrator, within one year after
a  category  of  sources  is  included   in  a list published pursuant to
section 306 (b)   (1) (A) of the Act, to  propose  regulations  establishing
Federal standards of performance for new sources within such categories.
The  Administrator published in the Federal Register of January  16,  1973
 (38 F.R. 1624), a list of 27 source categories.  Publication of the  list
constituted    announcement   of   the    Administrator's   intention   of
establishing,  under section 306, standards of performance applicable to
new sources within the petroleum refining industry  source category which
was included in the  list published January  16,  1973.
                                 17

-------
Methods used for Development of the Effluent Limitations Guidelines
Standards of Performance

The  Office  of  Air  and Water Programs of the Environmental Protection
Agency has been given the responsibility for the development of effluent
limitation guidelines and new source standards as required by  the  Act.
In  order  to  promulgate  the  required  guidelines  and standards, the
following procedure was adopted.

The point source category was  first  categorized  for  the  purpose  of
determining  whether  separate limitations and standards are appropriate
for different segments  within  a  point  source  category.   Such  sub-
categorization  was  based  upon  raw materials used, products produced,
manufacturing processes employed, raw waste loads,  and  other  factors.
This  included an analysis of  (1) the source and volume of water used in
the plant and the sources of waste and waste waters in  the  plant;  and
(2)  the constituents  (including thermal) of all waste waters (including
toxic constituents and other constituents)  which result in taste,  odor,
and  color  in  water  or  aquatic organisms.  The constituents of waste
waters which should be subject to effluent  limitations  guidelines  and
standards of performance were identified.

The  full  range  of  control and treatment technologies existing within
each subcategory was identified.  This  included  an  identification  of
each  distinct  control and treatment technology, including both inplant
and end-of-pipe technologies, which are existent  or  capable  of  bein,
designed  for  each subcategory.  It also included an identification,
terms  of  the  amount  of  constituents   (including ' thermal)  and
chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of pollutants, of the
effluent  level  resulting from the application of each of the treatment
and control technologies.  The problems, limitations, and reliability of
each treatment and control technology, and the  required  implementation
time   was   also   identified.    In  addition,  the  nonwater  quality
environmental impact  (such as the effects of the applisubcation of  such
technologies  upon other pollution problems, including air, solid waste,
noise, and radiation) was also identified.   The  energy  requirement  of
each  of  the control and treatment technologies was identified, as well
as the cost of the application of such technologies.

The information, as outlined above,  was  then  evaluated  in  order  to
determine   methods   or   other   alternatives.   In  identifying  such
technologies, various factors were considered.  These included the total
cost of application of technology in relation to the effluent  reduction
benefits  to be achieved from such application, the age of equipment and
facilities involved, the processes employed, the engineering aspects  of
the application of various types of control techniques, process changes,
nonwater  quality  environmental  impact (including energy requirements)
and other factors.
                                 18

-------
   ring the initial phases of the study, an assessment was  made  of  the
   lilability,  adequacy,  and  usefulness  of all existing data sources.
     on the identity and performance of waste  water  treatment  systems
within the petroleum refining industry were known to be included in:

         1.   National Petroleum Refining Waste Water
              Characterization Studies and the
              Petroleum Industry Raw Waste Load Survey of 1972.

         2.   Environmental Protection Agency  (Refuse Act) Permit
              Application.

         3.   Self-reporting discharge data from various states.

         4.   Monitoring data on individual refineries, collected
              by state agencies and/or regional EPA offices.

A  preliminary  analysis  of  these  data  indicated an obvious need for
additional information.   Although  approximately  135  refineries  were
surveyed  during  the  1972 Raw Waste Load Survey, five activated sludge
treatment plants were subjected to intensive sampling for identification
of waste water treatment plant effluent performance.  Identification  of
the   types  of  treatment  facilities  used  by  the  other  individual
refineries included no performance data.

  jfuse Act Permit Application data are limited to identification of  the
   katment systems used and reporting of final concentrations  (which were
   Luted  with  cooling  waters  in  many cases); consequently, operating
performance could not be established.

Self-reporting data was available from Texas, Illinois, and  Washington.
These  reports  show only the final effluent concentrations and identify
the systems in use; rarely is  there  production  information  available
which would permit the establishment of unit waste loads.

Monitoring  data  from the individual states and/or regional EPA offices
again show only the  final  effluent  concentrations  and  identify  the
systems  in  use.   Rarely is production information available to permit
the establishment of unit waste loads.

Additional data in the following  areas  were  therefore  required:   1)
currently practiced or potential in-process waste control techniques; 2)
identity  and effectiveness of end-of-pipe waste control techniques; and
3) long-term data to establish the variability  of  performance  of  the
end-of-pipe  waste  control  techniques.  The best source of information
was the petroleum refineries themselves.  New information  was  obtained
from  direct  interviews  and  inspection  visits  to petroleum refinery
facilities.  Verification of data relative to long-term  performance  of
waste  control  techniques  was  obtained  by  the  use  of standard EPA
reference samples to determine the reliability of data submitted by  the
                                 19

-------
petroleum  refineries,  and  by  comparison   of  the refinery data v
monitoring data from the state agencies and/or regional EPA offices.

The selection of petroleum refineries as candidates to  be  visited  was
guided  by  the  trial  categorization,  which was based on the 1972 Raw
Waste Load survey.  The final selection was developed  from  identifying
information  available  in  the  1972  Raw Waste Load Survey, EPA Permit
Applications, state self-reporting discharge data, and  contacts  within
regional  EPA offices and the industry.  Every effort was made to choose
facilities where meaningful information on both treatment facilities and
manufacturing processes could be obtained.

Survey teams composed  of  project  engineers  conducted  plant  visits.
Information  on  the  identity  and performance of waste water treatment
systems were obtained through:

         1.   Interviews with plant water pollution control personnel.

         2.   Examinations of treatment plant design and historical
              data  (flow rates and analyses of influent and effluent).

         3.   Inspection of operations and analytical procedures, in-
              cluding verification of reported analyses by the use of
              EPA standard reference samples and by comparison of the
              refinery data with monitoring data from state
              agencies and/or regional EPA offices.

Information on process  plant  operations  and  associated  waste  wat
characteristics were obtained through:

         1.   Interviews with plant operating personnel.

         2.   Examination of plant design and operating data.

         3.   Inspection of in~plant waste water controls.

The  data  base  obtained  in  this  manner was then utilized to develop
recommended effluent limitations and standards of  performance  for  the
petroleum  refining  industry.   All  of  the  references  utilized  are
included in Section XIII of this report.  The data obtained  during  the
field data collection program are included in Supplement B.

General Description of the Industry

The  industrial  waste  water  profile  covers  the  petroleum  refining
industry in  the  United  States,  as  defined  by  Standard  Industrial
Classification   (SIC)  Code  2911  of  the  U.S. Department of Commerce.
Intermediates and finished products in this industry  are  numerous  and
varied.  Table 4 is a partial listing of these products.  The production
of  crude  oil  or  natural gas from wells, or the production of natural
                                 20

-------
                    TABLE 4

        Intermediates and Finished Products
Frequently Found in the Petroleum Refining Industry

                     SIC 2911
                Acid Oil
                Alkylates
                Aromatic Chemicals
                Asphalt and Asphaltic Materials:
                  Semi-Solid and Solid
                Benzene
                Benzol
                Butadiene
                Coke (Petroleum)
                Fuel Oils
                Gas, Refinery or Still Oil
                Gases,  (LPG)
                Gasoline, except natural  gasoline
                Greases:   Petroleum, mineral  jelly,
                          lubricative, etc.
                Jet Fuels
                Kerosene
                Mineral Oils, natural
                Mineral Waxes, natural
                Naphtha
                Napthenic Acids
                Oils,  partly refined
                Paraffin Wax
                Petrolatums, nonmedicinal
                Road Oils
                Solvents
                Tar or  Residuum
                     21

-------
gasoline and  other  operations  associated  with  such  production,
covered  under  SIC  Code  1311, are not within the scope of this stud
This study also  does  not  include  distribution  activities,  such  a
gasoline  service  stations.    Transportation  of  petroleum products is
covered only to the  extent  that  it  is  part  of  refinery  pollution
control,  such  as  the  treatment  of  ballast water.  Other activities
outside the scope of the SIC Code 2911 were included in the  development
of  raw waste load data, and are listed as auxiliary processes which are
inherent to an integrated refinery operation.   Some  of  these  include
soap  manufacture  for  the production of greases, steam generation, and
hydrogen production.

A  petroleum  refinery  is  a  complex  combination  of   interdependent
operations  engaged  in  the separation of crude molecular constituents,
molecular  cracking,  molecular  rebuilding  and  solvent  finishing  to
produce   the  products  listed  under  SIC  Code  2911.   The  refining
operations may be  divided  among  12  general  categories,  where  each
category  defines  a  group  of refinery operations.  The categories are
listed in Table 5.

The characteristics of the waste water differ considerably for different
processes,  considerable knowledge is available that can be used to make
meaningful  qualitative  interpretations  of  pollutant  loadings   from
refinery  processes.   Such information is presented in Table 6, a semi-
graphic outline of the major sources of pollutants  within  a  refinery
In  order  to  set forth the character of the waste derived from each
the industry categories established in Section IV, it  is  essential
study  the  sources  and  contaminants  within the individual producti
processes and auxiliary activities.  Each process is itself a series  of
unit  operations  which  causes  chemical and/or physical changes in the
feedstock or products.  In the commercial synthesis of a single  product
from  a  single  feedstock,  there generally are sections of the process
associated  with:  the  preparation  of  the  feedstock,  the   chemical
reaction,   the   separation   of   reaction  products,  and  the  final
purification of the desired  product.   Each  unit  operation  may  have
drastically  different  water  usages  associated with it.  The type and
quantity of contact waste water are therefore directly  related  to  the
nature  of  the  various processes.  This in turn implies that the types
and quantities of waste water generated by each plant's total production
mix are junique.  The processes and activities along with  brief  process
descriptions,  trends  in applications, and a delineation of waste water
sources, are as follows:
y
•
                                 22

-------
                        TABLE 5
             Major Refinery Process Categories
 1.  Storage and Transportation
 2.  Crude Desalting
 3.  Fractionation
 4.  Cracking
 5.  Hydrocarbon Rebuilding
 6.  Hydrocarbon Rearrangement
 7.  Solvent Refining or Extraction
 8.  Hydrotreating
 9.  Grease  Manufacturing
10.  Asphalt Production
11.  Product Finishing
12.  Auxiliary Activities (Not listed  under  SIC  Code  2911)
                                 23

-------
                          TABLE  6



Qualitative Evaluation of Wastewater  Flow  and  Characteristics
Production
Pi ocesses
Crude Oil and
Product Storage
Crude Desalting
Crude Distill-
ation
Thermal Cracking
Catalytic Cracking
Hydrocracklng
Polymerization
Alkylatlon
Isomerlzatlon
Reforming
Solvent Refining
Asphalt Blowing
Dewaxlng
Hydrotreatlng
Drying and
Sweete Ing
Flow SOD COD
XX • X XXX
XX XX XX
XXX X X
XXX
XXX XX XX
X
X XX
XX X .X
X
X 00
X X
xxx xxx xxx
X XXX XXX
xxx
XXX XXX X
by Fundamental Refinery Processes
Emulsified Am-
Phenol Sulflde Oil Oil pH Temp. monla Chloride Acidity Alkalinity SUSP. Solids
X XXX XX 0 0 0 0 XX
x xxx x xxx : x xxx xx xxx o x axx
XX XXX .XX XXX X XX XXX X 0 X X
XXX XX XX X X 0 XX X
XXX XXX X X XXX XX XXX X 0 XXX X
XX XX XX XX
OXXOXXXX X 0 X
0 XX X 0 XX I X XX XX 0 XX

XX X OOXXO 0 0 0
X 0 X X 0 0 X
X XXX
X 0 X 0
XX 0 XX XX 0 0 X 0
XX 00 X XX 0 XO X X XX
XXX - Major Contribution,     XX - Moderata Contribution.      X  - Minor  Contribution.       0 - No Problem ,
                                                                                              — No Data

-------
^~   STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION

TK  CRUDE OIL AND PRODUCT STORAGE

 Process Description

 Crude oil, intermediate,  and finished products are stored  in  tanks  of
 varying  size  to  provide  adequate  supplies of crude oils for primary
 fractionation runs of economical duration,  to equalize process flows and
 provide feedstocks for intermediate processing units,  and to store final
 products prior to shipment in adjustment to market demands.    Generally,
 operating  schedules  permit  sufficient  detention time for settling of
 water and suspended solids.

 Wastes

 Waste waters associated with storage  of  crude  oil  and  products  are
 mainly  in  the  form  of  free and emulsified oil and suspended solids.
 During storage, water and suspended solids in the  crude  oil  separate.
 The  water  layer  accumulates  below  the oil, forming a bottom sludge.
 When the water layer is drawn off,  emulsified oil present  at  the  oil-
 water  interface is often lost to the sewers.  This waste is high in COD
 and contains a lesser amount of  BODS.    Bottom  sludge  is  removed  at
 infrequent intervals.  Additional quantities of waste result from leaks,
 spil-ls, salt "filters" (for product drying) , and tank cleaning.

    ermediate  storage  is  frequently  the source of polysulfide bearing
    te waters  and  iron  sulfide  suspended  solids.   Finished  product
 storage  can  produce  high  BOD5,   alkaline  waste  waters,  as weli as
 tetraethyl lead.  Tank cleaning can contribute  large  amounts  of  oil,
 COD,  and  suspended  solids, and a minor amount of BODS.  Leaks, spills
 and open or poorly  ventilated  tanks  can  also  be  a  source  of  air
 pollution, through evaporation of hydrocarbons into the atmosphere.

 Trends

 Many  refineries now have storage tanks equipped to minimize the release
 of hydrocarbons to the atmosphere.   This trend is expected  to  continue
 and   probably   accelerate.   Equipment  to  minimize  the  release  of
 hydrocarbon vapors includes tanks with floating-roof covers, pressurized
 tanks, and/or connections  to  vapor  recovery  systems.   Floating-roof
 covers  add  to  the  waste  water  flow  from  storage  tanks.   Modern
 refineries impose strict Bottom Sediment and Water  (BS&W) specifications
 on crude oil supplies, and frequently have  mixed-crude  storage  tanks;
 consequently,  little  or  no  waste  water should originate from modern
 crude storage.  Another significant trend is  toward  increased  use  of
 dehydration  or  drying  processes  preceding  product finishing.  These
 processes significantly reduce the water content  of  finished  product,
 thereby  minimizing  the  quantity  of waste water from finished product
 storage.
                                   25

-------
B.  BALLAST WATER

Process Description

Tankers which are used to ship intermediate and final products generally
arrive at the refinery in ballast (approximately 30 percent of the cargo
capacity is generally required to maintain vessel stability).

Wastes

The ballast waters discharged by product tankers are  contaminated  with
product  materials which are the crude feedstock in use at the refinery,
ranging from water soluble alcohol to residual fuels.   In  addition  to
the  oil  products  contamination,  brackish  water  and  sediments  are
present, contributing high COD, and dissolved  solids  to  the  refinery
waste  water.   These  waste waters are generally discharged to either a
ballast water tank or holding ponds at the refinery.  In many cases, the
ballast water is  discharged  directly  to  the  waste  water  treatment
system, and constitutes a shock load on the system.

Trends

As  the  size of tankers and refineries increases, the amount of ballast
waters discharged to the refinery waste water system will also increase.
The discharge of ballast water to the sea or estuary without  treatment,
as  had  been  the  previous  practice  by  many tankers, is no longer^a
practical alternative for disposal of ballast water.  Consequently,
ballast water will require treatment for the removal of pollutants
to  discharge.   The use of larger ballast water storage tanks or ponds,
for control of flow  into  the  waste  water  treatment  system,  should
increase as ballast water flow increases.

2.  CRUDE DESALTING

Process Description

Common to all types of desalting are an emulsifier  and  settling  tank.
Salts  can be separated from oil by either of two methods.  In the first
method, water wash desalting in the presence of chemicals  (specific  to
the  type  of salts present and the nature of the crude oil)  is followed
by heating and gravity separation.  In the  second  method,  water  wash
desalting  is  followed by water/oil separation under the influence of a
high  voltage  electrostatic  field  acting  to  agglomerate   dispersed
droplets.   In  either  case,  waste  water  containing  various removed
impurities is discharged to the waste stream, while clean desalted crude
oil flows from the upper portion of the holding tank.   A  process  flow
schematic of electrostatic desalting is shown in Figure 1.

Wastes
                                 26

-------
PROCESS
WATER
ELECTRICAL
  POWER
                           HEATER     EMULSIFIER
                                    Figure  \

                                 Crude Desalting
                               (Electrostatic Desalting)
                                                                          DESALTED
                                                                              CRUDE
                                                                          EFFLUENT
                                                                             WATER
                                         27

-------
        \
Much  of'  the  BSSW  content in crude oil is caused by the "Load-on-r
procedure used on many tankers.  This procedure can  result  in  one
more  cargo tanks containing mixtures of sea waters and crude oil, whicl
cannot be separated by decantation while at sea,  and  are  consequently
retained  in  the  crude oil storage at the refinery.  While much of the
water and sediment are removed from the crude  oil  by  settling  during
storage, a significant quantity remains to be removed by desalting prior
to processing of the crude in the refinery.

The  continuous  waste water stream from a desalter contains emulsified,
and occasionally free oil,  ammonia,  phenol,  sulfides,  and  suspended
solids.   These pollutants produce a relatively high BOD5 and COD.  This
waste water also contains enough chlorides and other dissolved materials
to contribute to the dissolved solids problem in  the  areas  where  the
waste  water  is  discharged  to  fresh  water  bodies.   There are also
potential thermal pollution problems  because  the  temperature  of  the
desalting waste water often exceeds 95°C  (200°F).

Trends

Electrical   desalting   is  currently  used  much  more  than  chemical
desalting.  In the future, chemical methods are expected to be used only
as a supplement where the crude has a very high salt content.  Two stage
electrical desalting will become a more prevelant  process,  as  dirtier
crude feedstocks are processed in refineries.  The growth in capacity of
desalting units will parallel the growth of crude oil capacity.

3.  CRUDE OIL FRACTIONATION

Fractionation serves as the basic refining process for the separation of
crude petroleum into intermediate fractions of specified  boiling  point
ranges.     The    several   alternative   subprocesses   included   are
prefractionation and atmospheric  fractionation,  vacuum  fractionation,
vacuum flashing, and three-stage crude distillation.

Process Description

Prefractionation and Atmospheric Distillation  (Topping or Skimming)

Prefractionation   is  an  optional  distillation  process  to  separate
economical quantities of very light  distillates  from  the  crude  oil.
Lower  temperature and higher pressure conditions are used than would be
required in atmospheric distillation.  Some process water can be carried
over to the prefractionation tower from the desalting process.

Atmospheric Distillation breaks the heated crude oil as follows:

    1.   Light overhead products  (C5 and lighter)  as  in  the  case  of
         prefractionation.
                                 28

-------
    2.   Sidestream distillate cuts of kerosene,  heating and gas oil can
         be separated in a single  tower  or  in   a  series  of  topping
         towers,  each  tower  yielding  a  successively heavier product
         stream.

    3.   Residual or reduced crude oil.

Vacuum Fractionation

The asphaltic residuum from the atmospheric distillation amounts  to  37
percent  (U.S.  average)  of the crude charged.  This material is sent to
vacuum stills, which recover additional heavy gas oil  and  deasphalting
feedstock from the bottoms residue.

Three Stage Crude Distillation

Three  stage  crude distillation, representing only one of many possible
combinations of equipment, is shown  schematically  in  Figure  2.   The
process consists of:

    1.   An atmospheric fractioning stage which produces lighter oils;

    2.   An initial vacuum stage which  produces  well-fractioned,  lube
         oil  base  stocks  plus  residue  for  subsequent  propane  de-
         asphalting;

    3.   A second vacuum stage which  fractionates  surplus  atmospheric
         bottoms  not  applicable  for  lube  production,  plus  surplus
         initial vacuum stage residuum not  required  for  deasphalting.
         This  stage  adds the capability of removing catalytic cracking
         stock from surplus bottoms to the distillation unit.

Crude oil is first heated in a simple heat exchanger, then in a  direct-
fired crude charge heater.  Combined liquid and vapor effluent flow from
the  heater  to the atmospheric fractionating tower, where the vaporized
distillate is fractionated into gasoline overhead product and as many as
four liquid sidestreams  products:naphtha,  kerosene,  light  and  heavy
diesel  oil.   Part  of  the  reduced  crude  from  the  bottom  of  the
atmospheric tower is pumped through a direct-*fired heater to the  vacuum
lube  fractionator.  Bottoms are combined and charged to a third direct-
fired heater.  In the tower, the distillate  is  subsequently  condensed
and  withdrawn  as two sidestreams.  The two sidestreams are combined to
form catalytic cracking feedstocks, with an asphalt base stock withdrawn
from the tower bottom.

Wastes

The waste water from crude oil fractionation generally comes from  three
sources.   The  first  source  is  the  water  drawn  off  from overhead
accumulators prior to recirculation or transfer of hydrocarbons to other
                                 29

-------
                              Atmospheric
                             Fr;ict Senator
                                                                        Fract ionator
                                                                                      To  Vacuum
                                                                                      System
                                                                                                                 To Vacuum
                                                                                                                 System
       Stabilized
       Gasoline
-£TT
                                                                                                                                        Catalytic
                                                                                                                                        Cracker
                                                                                                                                        Feed
                                                                                                          Propane  Deasphalter  Feed
Crude
Petroleum
                                                                  Figure   2

                                                              CRUDE FRACTIONATION

                                                        (CRUDE DISTILLATION. THREE STAGES)

-------
f
 actionators.   This waste is a major source of  sulfides  and  ammonia,
 pecially  when  sour  crudes  are  being  processed.   It also contains
ignificant amounts of oil, chlorides, mercaptans and phenols.
 A second waste source is  discharged  from  oil  sampling  lines.   This
 should be separable but may form emulsions in the sewer.

 A third possible waste source is the very stable oil emulsions formed in
 the  barometric  condensers  used to create the reduced pressures in the
 vacuum distillation units.   However,  when  barometric  condensers  are
 replaced with surface condensers, oil vapors do not come in contact with
 water; consequently, emulsions do not develop.

 Trends

 The  general  industry  trend to larger and more complete refineries has
 been reflected also in larger  and  more  complete  crude  fractionation
 units.   Thus,  simple atmospheric "topping" units are being replaced by
 the atmospheric-  vacuum  combinations  with  an  increasing  number  of
 sidestream   products.   Installed  vacuum  fractionation  capacity  now
 totals, 0.8 million cu m/day  (5 million bbl/day). (3)  Modern  refineries
 are  installing  surface  condensers to significantly reduce waste water
 loads from vacuum operations.

 4.  CRACKING

     THERMAL CRACKING

 Process Description

 This fundamental process is defined in this study to include visbreaking
 and coking, as well as regular  thermal  cracking.   In  each  of  these
 operations, heavy gas oil fractions  (from vacuum stills) are broken down
 into  lower  molecular  weight  fractions such as domestic heating oils,
 catalytic cracking stock, and other fractions by  heating,  but  without
 the  use  of a catalyst.  Typical thermal cracking conditions are 480° -
 603°C,  (900° - 1100°F) and 41.6 - 69.1 atm  (600-1000  psig).   The  high
 pressures  result  from  the  formation  of  light  hydrocarbons  in the
 cracking reaction  (olefins, or unsaturated compounds, are always  formed
 in  this chemical conversion) .  There is also always a certain amount of
 heavy fuel oil  and  coke  formed  by  polymerization  and  condensation
 reactions.

 Wastes

 The  major  source  of  waste  water in thermal cracking is the overhead
 accumulator on the fractionator,  where  water  is  separated  from  the
 hydrocarbon  vapor  and  sent  to  the sewer system.  This water usually
 contains various oil and  fractions  and  may  be  high  in  BODS,  COD,
 ammonia, phenol, and sulfides, and may have a high alkalinity.
                                  31

-------
Trends

Regular  thermal  cracking,  which  was  an important process before tne
development of catalytic cracking, is being phased out.  Visbreaking and
coking  units  are  still  installed  but,  because  of  product  sulfur
restrictions,  to  a  lesser extent than before.  With the trends toward
dirtier  crudes  containing  more  sulfur,  hydrocracking  and   propane
deasphalting  are  receiving  more attention to recover salable products
with low sulfur content from the residuum.

B.  CATALYTIC CRACKING

Process Description

Catalytic cracking,  like  thermal  cracking,  breaks  heavy  fractions,
principally  gas  oils,  into lower molecular weight fractions.  This is
probably the key process in the production of  large  volumes  of  high-
octane  gasoline  stocks; furnace oils and other useful middle molecular
weight distillates are also produced.  The use  of  a  catalyst  permits
operations  at  lower  temperatures  and  pressures  than  with  thermal
cracking,  and  inhibits  the  formation  of   undesirable   polymerized
products.   Fluidized  catalytic processes, in which the finely powdered
catalyst is handled as a fluid, have largely replaced the fixed bed  and
moving  bed  processes,  which  use  a  beaded  or pelleted catalyst.  A
schematic flow diagram of fluid catalytic cracking is shown in Figure 3.
The process involves at least  four  types  of  reactions:   1)
decomposition;  2)  primary catalytic reactions at the catalyst
3) secondary catalytic reactions between the primary  products,  and  4)
removal  of  polymer izable products from further reactions by absorption
onto the surface of the catalyst as coke.  This last reaction is the key
to catalytic cracking because it permits decomposition reactions to move
closer to completion  than  is  possible  in  simple  thermal  cracking.
Cracking  catalysts  include  synthetic  and/or  natural silica-alumina,
treated bentonite clay,  Fuller's  earth,  aluminum  hydrosilicates  and
bauxite.  These catalysts are in the form of beads, pellets, and powder,
and  are  used in either a fixed, moving or fluidized bed.  The catalyst
is usually heated, lifted into the reactor area by the incoming oil feed
which, in turn, is immediately vaporized upon contact.  Vapors from  the
reactors  pass upward through a cyclone separator, which removes most of
the entrained catalyst.  These vapors then enter the fractionator, where
the desired products are removed and heavier fractions recycled  to  the
reactor.

Wastes

Catalytic  cracking  units  are  one  of the largest sources of sour and
phenolic wastewaters in a refinery.  Pollutants from catalytic  cracking
generally  come  from  the  steam strippers and overhead accumulators on
                                 32

-------
                             GAS AND GASOLINE TO






PRESSURE
REDUCING
ORIFICE
CHAMBER

1
i
1 X2CX



f

vr
//
/". 	 '




•
f
u
//






FLUE GAS STEAM
GENERATOR \\
~n \
/^COMBUSTION AIR^
.. .^\
, —
jOrf
^
5
*% "
^>





r-T 	
\ /
V






J
'




..
/


REACTOR
\
s.






>
\
/
\




CATALYST
STRIPPER

... STEAM



y

GAS CONCENTRATION PLANT
A






r*.


f


REGENERATOR




J L



1 1





MAIN COLUMN
LIGHT CYCLE GAb OIL








HEAVY CYCLE GAS OIL_
1

JjlEAVY RECYCLE CHARGE
r
CLA
JT r^
^rh
k!^
OM ^V
^M COMBINED REACTOR Y
^^ CHARGE T
0.

RAW 0 L *-*>
CHARGE





R FIED SLURRY,^

SLURRY
SETTLER
RAW OIL
SLURRY CHARGE


       Figure  3





    CATALYTIC  CRACKING




(FLUID  CATALYTIC CRACKING)
              33

-------
fractionators, used to recover  and  separate  the  various  hydrocarb
fractions produced in the catalytic reactors.

The  major  pollutants  resulting from catalytic cracking operations are
oil, sulfides, phenols, cyanides, and ammonia.  These pollutants produce
an alkaline waste water with high BOD5 and COD concentrations.   Sulfide
and phenol concentrations in the waste water vary with the type of crude
oil  being  processed,\but  at  times are significant.  Regeneration of
spent catalyst may produqe enough carbon monoxide and catalyst fines  to
constitute an air pollution problem.

Trends

Recycle  rates have been declining since 1968, and the trend is expected
to  continue  due  to  the  development  of  higher  activity  catalysts
 (molecular  sieve  catalysts,  as  opposed  to high surface area silica-
alumina catalysts).  The trend in subprocesses is toward greater use  of
large  fluid  catalytic  cracking  in  preference to moving or fixed-bed
cracking.   Catalytic  cracking  units  are  also  being  supplanted  by
hydrocracking  and  hydrotreating  processes.  During 1972, a decline of
1.4 percent in fresh feed catalytic cracking capacity was experienced in
the United states. (3)

C.  HYDROCRACKING

Process Description

This  process  is  basically  catalytic  cracking  in  the  presence
hydrogen,  with  lower  temperatures  and  higher  pressures  than fluid
catalytic cracking.  Hydrocracking temperatures range from 203° -  425°C
 (400°  - 800°F), while pressures range from 7.8 - 137.0 atm (100 to 2000
psig).  Actual conditions  and  hydrogen  consumption  depend  upon  the
feedstock,  and  the  degree  of  hydrogenation required.  The molecular
weight distribution of the products is similar  to  catalytic  cracking,
but with the reduced formation of olefins.

Wastes

At  least  one  waste  water  stream  from the process should be high in
sulfides, since hydrocracking reduces the sulfur content of the material
being cracked.  Most of the sulfides are in the gas products  which  are
sent  to  a  treating  unit  for  removal  and/or recovery of sulfur and
ammonia.   However,  in  product  separation  and  fractionation   units
following the hydrocracking reactor, some of the HS will dissolve in the
waste  water  being  collected.   This  water  from  the  separator  and
fractionator will probably be high in  sulfides,  and  possibly  contain
significant quantities of phenols and ammonia.

Trends
                                 34

-------
  flrocracking   has  greater  flexibility  than  catalytic  cracking  in
  justing operations to meet changing product demands.  For the last few
  "ars, it has been one of the most rapidly growing  refining  processes.
This trend is expected to continue.

5.  HYDROCARBON REBUILDING

A.  POLYMERIZATION

Process Description

Polymerization units are used to convert  olefin  feedstocks  (primarily
propylene)  into  higher  octane  polymer  units.  These units generally
consist of a feed  treatment  unit   (remove  H2S,  mercaptans,  nitrogen
compounds),  a  catalytic  reactor,  an  acid removal section, and a gas
stabilizer.  The catalyst is usually phosphoric acid, although  sulfuric
acid  is  used  in some older methods.  The catalytic reaction occurs at
147° . 224°C (300° - 435°F), and a pressure of 11.2 - 137.0 atm   (150  -
2000  psig).   The  temperature  and  pressure  vary with the individual
subprocess used.

Wastes

Polymerization  is  a  rather  dirty  process  in  terms  of  pounds  of
pollutants per barrel of charge, but because of the small polymerization
capacity in most refineries, the total waste production from the process
    small.   Even  though  the  process makes use of acid catalysts, the
    e stream is alkaline, because the acid catalyst in most subprocesses
is recycled, and any remaining acid is removed by caustic washing.  Most
of the waste material comes from the pretreatment of  feedstock  to  the
reactor.   The waste water is high in sulfides, mercaptans, and ammonia.
These materials are removed from the feedstock in caustic acid.

Trends

Polymerization is a marginal process, since the product  octane  is  not
significantly  higher  than  that of the basic gasoline blending stocks,
and does not provide much help in upgrading the overall motor fuel pool.
±n addition, alkylation yields per unit of olefin feed are  much  better
than  polymerization  yields.   Consequently, the current polymerization
downtrend is expected to continue.

B.  ALKYLATION

Process Description

Alkylation is the reaction of an isoparaffin  (usually isobutane) and  an
olefin   (propylene, butylene, amylenes) in the presence of a catalyst at
carefully controlled temperatures and pressures to produce a high octane
alkylate for use as a gasoline blending component.  Propane  and  butane
                                 35

-------
are  also  produced.    Sulfuric  acid  is the most widely used catalysl
although hydrofluoric acid is  also  used.   The  reactor  products  a(
separated  in  a  catalyst  recovery  unit,  from  which the catalyst S
recycled.  The hydrocarbon stream is passed through a caustic and  water
wash before going to the fractionation section.

Wastes

The major discharge from sulfuric acid alkylation are the spent caustics
from the neutralization of hydrocarbon streams leaving the sulfuric acid
alkylation  reactor.   These waste waters contain dissolved and suspended
solids, sulfides, oils, and other contaminants.  Water  drawn  off  from
the overhead accumulators contains varying amounts of oil, sulfides, and
other  contaminants,   but  is  not  a  major  source  of  waste  in this
subprocess.  Most refineries process the waste sulfuric acid stream from
the reactor to recover clean acids, use it as if for  neutralization  of
other waste streams,  or sell it.

Hydrofluoric acid alkylation units have small acid rerun units to purify
the  acid for reuse.   HF units do not have a spent acid or spent caustic
waste stream.  Any leaks  or  spills  that  involve  loss  of  fluorides
constitute  a  serious  and  difficult  pollution problem.  Formation of
fluosilicates has caused line plugging and similar problems.  The  major
sources   of  waste  material  are  the  overhead  accumulators  on  the
fractionator.

Trends

Alkylation process capacity is  currently  declining  slowly,  but  this
trend  may be reversed, as the demand for low lead, high octane gasoline
increases.

6.  HYDROCARBON REARRANGEMENTS

A.  ISOMERIZATION

Process Description

Isomerization is a process technique for obtaining higher  octane  motor
fuel  by  converting  light  gasoline  stocks  into  their higher octane
isomers.   The  greatest  application  has  been,  indirectly,  in   the
conversion  of  isobutane  from normal butane, for uses as feedstock for
the alkylation process.   In  a  typical  subprocess,  the  desulfurized
feedstock  is  first  fractionated  to separate isoparaffins from normal
paraffins.  The normal paraffins are then heated, compressed, and passed
through the catalytic hydrogenation  reactor  which  isomerizes  the  n-
paraffin  to  its  respective  high  octane isomer.  After separation of
hydrogen, the liquids  are  sent  to  a  stabilizer,  where  motor  fuel
blending stock-or synthetic isomers are rejnoved as products.
                                 36

-------
  «stes

  omer:
 somerization   waste   waters  present  no  major  pollutant  discharge
problems.  Sulfides and ammonia are not likely  to  be  present  in  the
effluent.   isomerization  waste  waters should also be low in phenolics
and oxygen demand.

Trends

The requirements for units to isomerize n-butane to isobutane  will  not
be as great in refineries where hydrocracking is being installed, as the
hydrocracking process yields an off -gas rich in isobutane.   However, the
isomerization capacity of U.S. refiners is not expected to decrease, but
to continue to grow as the demand for motor fuel grows.

B.  REFORMING

Process Description

Reforming converts low octane naphtha, heavy gasoline, and napthene-rich
stocks, to high octane gasoline blending  stock,  aroma tics  for  petro-
chemical  use,  and  isobutane.  Hydrogen is a significant by-product of
the process.  Reforming  is  a  mild  decomposing  process,  since  some
reduction  occurs  in molecular size and boiling range of the feedstock.
Feedstocks are usually  hydrotreated  for  the  removal  of  sulfur  and
  trogen compounds prior to charging to the reformer, since the platinum
          widely used are readily poisoned.
The  predominant  reaction  during  reforming  is the dehydrogenation of
naphthenes.  Important secondary reactions  are  the  isomerization  and
dehydrocyclization  of  paraffins.  All three reactions result in higher
octane products.

One subprocess may be divided into  three  parts:   the  reactor  heater
section,  in which the charge plus recycle gas is heated and passed over
the catalyst in a series of reactions; the separator drum, in which  the
reactor effluent is separated into gas and liquid streams, the gas being
compressed  for  recycle;  and  the  stabilizer  section,  in  which the
separated liquid is stabilized to the desired vapor pressure.  There are
many variations in subprocesses, but the essential, and  frequently  the
only, difference is the composition of the catalyst involved,

Wastes

Reforming is a relatively clean process.  The volume of waste water flow
is  small, and none of the waste water streams has high concentration of
significant pollutants.  The waste water  is  alkaline,  and  the  major
pollutant  is  sulfide  from  the  overhead accumulator on the stripping
tower used to  remove  light  hydrocarbon  fractions  from  the  reactor
effluent.   The  overhead  accumulator  catches  any  water  that may be
                                37

-------
contained in the hydrocarbon vapors.  In addition to sulfides, the
water contains small amounts of ammonia, mercaptans and oil.

Trends

Reforming capacity in the U.S. is currently growing at  about  the  same
rate  as  total crude capacity.  This growth rate may increase, however,
as the demand for motor fuel grows.

7.  SOLVENT REFINING

Refineries employ a wide spectrum of contact  solvent  processes,  which
are  dependent  upon  the differential solubilities of the desirable and
undesirable feedstock components.  The principal  steps  are:   counter-
current  extraction,  separation  of  solvent and product by heating and
fractionation, and solvent recovery.  Napthenics, aromatics  unsaturated
hydrocarbons,  sulfur  and  other  inorganics  are  separated,  with the
solvent extract yielding high purity  products.   Many  of  the  solvent
processes  may  produce process waste waters which contain small amounts
of the  solvents  employed.   However,  these  are  ususally  minimized,
because of the economic incentives for reuse of the solvents.

Process Description

The major processes include:

Solvent Deasphalting - The primary purpose of solvent deasphalting is
recover  lube or catalytic cracking feedstocks from asphaltic residua
with asphalt as a by-product.  Propane deasphalting is  the  predominant
technique.   The  vacuum fractionation residual is mixed in a fixed pro-
portion with a solvent in which asphalt is not soluble.  The solvent  is
recovered  from  the  oil  via steam stripping and fractionation, and is
reused.  The asphalt produced by this method is  normally  blended  into
fuel oil or other asphaltic residuals.

Solvent  Dewaxing  -  Solvent  dewaxing removes wax from lubricating oil
stocks by promoting crystallization of the wax.  Solvents which are used
include:  furfural, phenol, cresylic acid -  propane   (Duo-Sol),  liquid
sulfur  dioxide   (Eleleanu  process),  B-B - dichloroethyl ether, methyl
ethyl ketone, nitrobenzene, and sulfur-benzene.  The process yields  de-
oiled   waxes,  wax-free  lubricating  oils,  aromatics,  and  recovered
solvents.

Lube Oil Solvent Refining  -  This  process  includes  a  collection  of
subprocesses  for  improving  the quality of lubricating oil stock.  The
raffinate or refined lube oils obtain improved  temperature,  viscosity,
color and oxidation resistance characteristics.  A particular solvent is
selected to obtain the desired quality raffinate.  The solvents include:
furfural, phenol, sulfur dioxide, and propane.
                                 38

-------
  €omatic  Extraction  - Benzene, toluene, and xylene (BTX)  are formed as
  -products  in  the  reforming  process.   The  reformed  products  are
  actionated  to  give a BTX concentrate cut, which in turn is extracted
from the napthalene and the paraffinics with a glycol base solvent.

Butadiene Extraction - Approximately 15 percent of the U.S.   supply  of
butadiene  is  extracted  from  the  C4  cuts  from the high temperature
petroleum cracking processes.  Furfural or cuprous ammonia acetate (CAA)
are commonly used for the solvent extraction.

Wastes

The  major  potential  pollutants  from  the  various  solvent  refining
subprocesses are the solvents themselves.  Many of the solvents, such as
phenol,  glycol,  and  amines,  can  produce  a  high BOD5.  Under ideal
conditions the solvents are continually recirculated with no  losses  to
the  sewer.   Unfortunately,  some  solvent  is always lost through pump
seals, flange leaks, and other sources.  The main source of waste  water
is  from  the  bottom  of fractionation towers.  Oil and solvent are the
major waste water constituents.

Trends

Solvent extraction capacities can be  expected  to  slowly  increase  as
quality requirements for all refinery products become more stringent, as
the  demand  for  lube  oils  grows,  and as the petrochemicals industry
  ntinues to require increasing quantities of aromatics.
8.  HYDROTREATING

Process Description

Hydrotreating processes are used to  saturate  olefins,  and  to  remove
sulfur  and  nitrogen  compounds, odor, color and gum-forming materials,
and others by catalytic action in the presence of hydrogen, from  either
straight-run  or cracked petroleum fractions.  In most subprocesses, the
feedstock is mixed with hydrogen, heated, and charged to  the  catalytic
reactor.   The reactor products are cooled, and the hydrogen, impurities
and high grade product separated.  The principal difference between  the
many  subprocesses  is  the  catalyst;  the  process flow is similar for
essentially all subprocesses.

Hydrotreating processes are used to reduce the sulfur content of product
streams from sour crudes by approximately 90 percent or more.   Nitrogen
removal requires more severe operating conditions, but generally 80-90
percent, or better, reductions are accomplished.

The  primary  variables  influencing  hydrotreating are hydrogen partial
pressure,  process  temperature,  and/contact  time.   An  increase  in
hydrogen  pressure gives a better removal of undesirable materials and a
                                 39

-------
better  rate  of  hydrogenation.   Make-up  hydrogen  requirements
generally  high enough to require a hydrogen production unit.  Exce^si
temperatures increase the formation of coke, and the contact time
to give adequate treatment without excessive hydrogen usage and/or undue
coke formation.  For the various hydrotreating processes  the  pressures
range  from 7.8 - 205.1 atm (100 to 3000 psig).   Temperatures range from
less than  177°C  (350°F)  to  as  high  as  450°C  (850°F),  with  most
processing  done  in  the  range  of  314°C   (600°F)  to  U27°C  (800°F).
Hydrogen consumption is usually less than 5.67 NM3  (200 scf) per  barrel
of charge.

Principal hydrotreating subprocesses are used as follows:

         1.   Pretreatment of catalytic reformer feedstock.
         2.   Naphtha desulfurization.
         3.   Lube oil polishing.
         4.   Pretreatment of catalytic cracking feedstock.
         5.   Heavy gas-oil and residual desulfurization.
         6.   Naphtha saturation.

Wastes

The  strength  and  quantity  of waste waters generated by hydrotreating
depends upon the subprocess used and feedstock.    Ammonia  and   sulfides
are  the  primary  contaminants, but phenols may also be present, if the
feedstock boiling range is sufficiently high.

Trends

The use of hydrotreating is increasing and  should continue  to   increase
at  a  greater rate than crude capacity since the process can be applied
to almost any sour feedstock, is flexible,  and  eliminates  contaminants
of concern to the refining industry from an operating standpoint, and to
the general public from an aesthetic standpoint.

9.  GREASE MANUFACTURING

Process Description

Grease manufacturing processes require  accurate  weight  or  volumetric
measurements  of  feed  components,  intimate  mixing, rapid heating and
cooling, together with  milling,  dehydration  and  polishing  in  batch
reactions.   The  feed  components include  soap and petroleum oils, with
inorganic clays and other additives.

Grease is primarily a soap and lube  oil  mixture.   The  properties  of
grease  are  determined  in  large  part  by  the properties of  the soap
component.  For example, sodium metal base  soaps are water   soluble  and
would  then  not  be suitable for water contact service.  A  calcium soap
                                 40

-------
   ase can be used in water service.  The soap may be purchased as a raw
   erial or may be manufactured on site as an auxiliary process.

Wastes

Only very small volumes of waste water  are  discharged  from  a  grease
manufacturing process.  A small amount of oil is lost to the waste water
system  through  leaks  in pumps.  The largest waste loading occurs when
the batch units are washed, resulting in soap and oil discharges to  the
sewer system.

Trends

Because  of  an  increase  in  sealed grease fittings in automobiles and
longer lasting  greases,  a  slight  decline  in  grease  production  is
expected through 1975.

10. ASPHALT PRODUCTION

Process Description

Asphaltic feedstock  (flux) is contacted with hot air at 203°C  (400°F) to
280°C  (550°F) to obtain  desirable  asphalt  product.   Both  batch  and
continuous  processes are in operation at present, but the batch process
is more prevalent because of its versatility.  Nonrecoverable  catalytic
  impounds  include:   Copper  sulfate,  zinc  chloride, ferric chloride,
     num chloride, phosphorous pentoxide, and others.  The catalyst will
    normally contaminate the process water effluent.

Wastes

Waste waters from asphalt blowing contain high concentrations  of  oils,
and  have  high  oxygen demand.  Small quantities of phenols may also be
present.

11. PRODUCT FINISHING

A.  DRYING AND SWEETENING

Process Description

Drying and sweetening is a relatively broad process  category  primarily
used  to  remove  sulfur  compounds,  water  and  other  impurities from
gasoline, kerosene,  jet fuels, domestic heating oils, and  other  middle
distillate  products.   "Sweetening" pertains to the removal of hydrogen
sulfide, mercaptans  and  thiophenes,  which  impart  a  foul  odor  and
decrease  the  tetra-ethyl  lead  susceptibility of gasoline.  The major
sweetening operations are oxidation of mercaptans or disulfides, removal
of mercaptans, and destruction and  removal  of  all  sulfur   compounds.
Drying  is  accomplished  by  salt  filters  or  absorptive  clay  beds.
                                  41

-------
Electric fields are sometimes  used  to  facilitate  separation  of
product.

Wastes

The  most  common  waste stream from drying and sweetening operations is
spent caustic.  The  spent  caustic  is  characterized  as  phenolic  or
sulfidic,  depending  on  which is present in the largest concentration.
Whether the spent caustic is actually phenolic  or  sulfidic  is  mainly
determined by the product stream being treated.  Phenolic spent caustics
contain  phenol,  cresols,  xylenols, sulfur compounds, and some neutral
oils.  Sulfidic spent caustics are rich in sulfides, but do not  contain
any  phenols.   These  spent  caustics have very high BOD5 and COD.  The
phenolic caustic streams are usually sold for the recovery  of  phenolic
materials.

Other  waste  streams  from the process result from water washing of the
treated product and regeneration of the treating solution such as sodium
plumbite  (No2 PbO2) in doctor  sweetening.   These  waste  streams  will
contain  small  amounts of oil and the treating material, such as sodium
plumbite  (or copper from copper chloride sweetening).

The treating of sour gases produces a purified gas stream, and  an  acid
gas stream rich in hydrogen sulfide.  The H2S rich stream can be flared,
burned as fuel, or processed for recovery of elemental sulfur.

Trends

As  air  pollution  agencies  increase  their  efforts to control sulfur
emissions to the atmosphere, the restrictions on sulfur content in fuels
can be expected to tighten.   This  will  generate  a  strong  trend  to
replacement   of   the   sweetening   processes  by  more  hydrotreating
 (desulfurization),  because  hydrotreating  removes  almost  all  sulfur
compounds  and  not  just  hydrogen  sulfide,  mercaptans, and elemental
sulfur.  Nevertheless, on certain feedstocks sweetening will continue to
be used because it will be as effective as, and  more  economical  than,
hydrotreating.   Those  processes  producing  high  waste  loads (Doctor
Sweetening, etc.) are being replaced by lower waste-producing processes.

B.  LUBE OIL FINISHING

Process Description

Solvent refined and dewaxed lube oil stocks can be  further  refined  by
clay  or  acid  treatment  to remove color-forming and other undesirable
materials.  Continuous contact filtration, in which an  oil-clay  slurry
is  heated  and the oil removed by vacuum filtration, is the most widely
used subprocess.

Wastes
                                 42

-------
Acid treatment of lubricating oils produces acid bearing wastes occuring
1   rinse waters,  sludges,  and  discharges  from  sampling,  leaks  and
   tdowns.   The  waste streams are also high in dissolved and suspended
   ids, sulfates, sulfonates, and stable oil emulsions.

Handling of acid sludge can create additional problems.  Some refineries
burn the acid sludge as fuel.  Burning the sludge produces large volumes
of  sulfur  dioxide  that  can  cause  air  pollution  problems.   other
refineries  neutralize  the sludge with alkaline wastes and discharge it
to the sewer, resulting in both organic and  inorganic  pollution.    The
best  method  of disposal is probably processing to recover the sulfuric
acid, but this also produces  a  waste  water  stream  containing  acid,
sulfur compounds and emulsified oil.

Clay  treatment  results  in  only small quantities of waste water being
discharged to the sewer.  Clay, free oil, and  emulsified  oil  are  the
major waste constituents.  However, the operation of clay recovery kilns
involves potential air pollution problems of hydrocarbon and particulate
emissions.  Spent clays usually are disposed of by landfill.

Trends

Acid  and  clay  treatment  of  lube oils is gradually being replaced by
hydrotreating methods.  Acid treatment in particular is being phased out
rather rapidly.

C.  BLENDING AND PACKAGING

        Description
Blending is the final step in producing finished petroleum  products  to
meet  quality  specifications  and  market  demands.  The largest volume
operation  is  the  blending  of  various  gasoline  stocks    (including
alkylates  and other high-octane components)  and anti-knock (tetra-ethyl
lead) , anti-rust, anti-icing, and other additives.  Diesel  fuels,  lube
oils, and waxes involve blending of various components and/ or additives.
Packaging  at refineries is generally highly-automated and restricted to
high volume, consumer-oriented products such as motor oils.

Wastes

These are relatively clean processes because care is taken to avoid loss
of product through spillage.  The primary source of  waste  material  is
from  the  washing  of  railroad  tank  cars or tankers prior to loading
finished products.  These wash waters are high in emulsified oil.

Tetra-ethyl lead is the major additive blended into gasoline and it must
be carefully  handled  because  of  its  high  toxicity.   Sludges  from
finished  gasoline  storage  tanks can contain large amounts of lead and
should not be washed into the wastewater system.
                                 43

-------
Trends

There will be an increased use of automatic proportioning facilities f
product blending with a trend toward contracting  out  of  packaging
lower-volume   products  that  are  less  suitable  to  highly-automated
operation.

12. AUXILIARY ACTIVITIES

A.  HYDROGEN MANUFACTURE

Process Description

The rapid growth of hydrotreating and hydrocracking  has  increased  the
demand  for  hydrogen  beyond the level of by-product hydrogen available
from reforming and other  refinery  processes.   The  most  widely  used
process  for  the  manufacture  of  hydrogen  in  the  refinery is steam
reforming, which utilizes refinery gases as a charge stock.  The  charge
is purified to remove sulfur compounds that would temporarily deactivate
the catalysts.

The  desulfurized  feedstock is mixed with superheated steam and charged
to the hydrogen furnace.  On the catalyst the hydrocarbons are converted
to hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and carbon dioxide.  The furnace  supplies
the heat needed to maintain the reaction temperature.

The  gases from the furnace are cooled by the addition of condensate a
steam, and then passed through a converter containing a  high-  or  loi
temperature  shift  catalyst  depending on the degree of carbon monoxi
conversion desired.  Carbon dioxide and hydrogen  are  produced  by  the
reaction of the monoxide with steam.

The  gas  mixture  from the converter is cooled and passes to a hydrogen
purifying system where carbon dioxide is absorbed into  amine  solutions
and  later  driven  off  to  the  atmosphere  by  heating the rich amine
solution into the reactivator.

Since some refining processes require a minimum of carbon oxides in  the
product gas, the oxides are reacted with hydrogen in a methanation step.
This  reaction  takes  place in the methanator over a nickel catalyst at
elevated temperatures.

Hydrocarbon  impurities  in  the  product  hydrogen  usually   are   not
detrimental  to the processes where this hydrogen will be used.  Thus, a
small amount of hydrocarbon is tolerable in the effluent gas.

Wastes

Information concerning wastes  from  this  process  are  not  available.
However, the process appears to be a relatively clean one.  In the steam
                                44

-------
reforming  subprocess  a  potential  waste source is the desulfurization
  it, which  is  required  for  feedstock  that  has  not  already  been
   ulfurized.   This  waste  stream would contain oil, sulfur compounds,
    phenol.  In the partial oxidation subprocess free carbon is  removed
by  a  water  wash.   Carbon  dioxide is discharged to the atmosphere at
several points in the subprocess.

Trends

Hydrogen  requirements  of  the  rapidly   growing   hydrocracking   and
hydrotreating processes in many instances exceed the by-product hydrogen
available  from  catalytic  reforming  units.    Since  hydrocracking and
hydrotreating are expected to grow  more  rapidly  than  other  refinery
processes,  the  demand for hydrogen manufacturing units should continue
to be strong.


B.  UTILITIES FUNCTION

Utility functions  such  as  the  supply  of  steam  and  cooling  water
generally are set up to service several processes.  Boiler feed water is
prepared  and  steam is generated in a single boiler house.  Non-contact
steam used for surface heating  is  circulated  through  a  closed  loop
whereby   varying   quantities  are  made  available  for  the  specific
requirements of the  different  processes.   The  condensate  is  nearly
always  recycled  to  the  boiler house, where a certain portion is dis-
charged as blowdown.

    three major uses of steam generated within a refinery plant are:

          1.   For non-contact process heating.  In this application, the
              steam is normally generated at pressures of  9.5  to  U5.2
              atm  (125 to 650 psig) .

          2.   For power generation such  as  in  steam-driven  turbines,
              compressors,  and  pumps  associated with the process.  In
              this application,  the  steam  is  normally  generated  at
              pressures  of  45.2  to  .103  atm   (650  to 1500 psig) and
              requires superheating.

          3.   For use as a  diluent,  stripping  medium,  or  source  of
              vacuum  through the use of steam  jet ejectors.  This steam
              actually contacts the hydrocarbons  in  the  manufacturing
              processes  and  is a source of contact process waste water
              when condensed.  It  is  used  at  a  substantially  lower
              pressure  than  the  foregoing  and  frequently is exhaust
              steam from one of the other uses.

Steam is  supplied to the different users throughout the plant either  by
natural-  circulation,  vapor-phase  systems,   or  by forced-circulation
                                 45

-------
liquid heat-transfer systems.  Both  types  of  systems  discharge  some
condensate as blowdown and require the addition of boiler make-up watej
The  main areas of consideration in boiler operation are normally boii
efficiency,  internal  deposits,  corrosion,  and  the  required   steal
quality.

Boiler  efficiency is dependent on many factors.  One is the elimination
of  boiler-tube  deposition  that  impedes  heat  transfer.   The   main
contributors  to  boiler deposits are calcium, magnesium, silicon, iron,
copper, and aluminum.  Any of these can occur  in  natural  waters,  and
some can result from condensate return-line corrosion or even from make-
up  water  pretreatment.   Modern  industrial  boilers are designed with
efficiencies on the order of 80 percent.  A  deposit  of  0.32  cm  (1/8
inch)   in  depth  will  cause  a  2-3  percent  drop in this efficiency,
depending on the type of deposit.

Internal boiler water treatment methods have advanced to  such  a  stage
that  corrosion  in  the  steam  generation  equipment  can be virtually
eliminated.  The control of caustic embrittlement in  boiler  tubes  and
drums  is  accomplished  through  the  addition of sodium nitrate in the
correct ratio to boiler water alkalinity.   Caustic  corrosion  in  high
heat  transfer  boilers  can  also  be  controlled  by  the  addition of
chelating agents.  This  type  of  solubilizing  internal  boiler  water
treatment   has   been   shown   to  be  more  effective  than  previous
precipitation treatment using phosphate.

Other factors influencing boiler efficiency  include  reduction  of  t
amount  of  boiler blcwdown by increasing cycles of concentration of
boiler feedwater, efficiency of the  blowdown  heat-recovery  equipmerf
and the type of feed used.

Steam purity is of prime importance if:

    1.   The boilers are equipped with superheaters.

    2.   The boilers supply power-generation equipment.

    3.   The steam is used directly in a process where contamination
         could affect product quality or destroy some material  (such
         as a catalyst) essential to the manufacture of the product.

The minimum purity required for contact steam  (or contact process water)
varies  from  process  to  process.   Limits for suspended solids, total
solids, and alkalinity vary inversely  with  the  steam  pressure.   The
following  tabulation summarizes boiler water concentration limits for a
system providing a steam purity of 0.5 - 1.0 ppm total solids, which  is
required  for  most non-contact steam uses.  It should be noted that the
boiler operation must incorporate the use of antifoam agents  and  steam
separation equipment for the concentrations shown to be valid.
                                 46

-------
                     Boiler Water Concentration Required to
               Maintain Steam Purity at 0.5 •* 1.0 ppm Total Solids

                                     Boiler Pressure/ atm.

Parameters               21.4     21.5 - 31.6   31.7 -41.8  41.9 - 52.0
Total Solids (mg/1)        6,000       5,000        4,000       2,500
Suspended Solids (mg/1)    1,000         200          100          50
Total Alkalinity (mg/1)    1,000         900          800         750


Water  conditioning  or  pretreatment  systems  are normally part of the
utilities section of most plants.  From the previous discussions, it  is
obvious  that  the  required  treatment  may  be  quite extensive.  Ion-
exchange demineralization systems are very widely employed, not only for
conditioning water for high-pressure boilers, but also for  conditioning
various  process  waters.   Clarification  is  also widely practiced and
usually precedes the ion-exchange operation.

Non-contact cooling water also is normally supplied to several processes
from the utilities area.  The system is either a loop which utilizes one
or more evaporative cooling towers, or a once-through system with direct
discharge.

Cooling towers accomplish the cooling of water circulated over the tower
by moving a predetermined flow of ambient air  through  the  tower  with
large fans.  The air water contact causes a small amount of the water to
*    evaporated  by  the  air.   Thus,  through latent heat transfer, the
   ainder of the circulated water is cooled.

Approximately 252 kg cal  (1,000 BTU) are removed from  the  total  water
circulation  by the evaporation of 0.454 kg  (1 Ib)  of water.  Therefore,
if 45.4 kg  (100 Ibs) of water are introduced  at  the  tower  inlet  and
0.454  kg   (1 Ib) is evaporated to the moving air,  the remaining 44.9 kg
(99 Ibs) of water are reduced in total heat content by 252 kg cal (1,000
BTU) , of water leaving the  tower  have  been  cooled  3.24°C/kg/kg  cal
(l°F/lb/BTU  removed, and the exit temperature is reduced by about 5,500
(10°F).  This leads to the common rule of thumb:  1 percent  evaporation
loss for each 5.5°C  (10°F) cooling.

Since  cooling  is  primarily  by transfer of latent heat, cooling tower
selection is based on the total heat content or enthalpy of the entering
air.   At any  one  enthalpy  condition,  the  wet  bulb  temperature  is
constant.  Therefore, cooling towers are selected and guaranteed to cool
a  specific volume of water from a hot-water temperature to a cold-water
temperature while operating at a design  wet-bulb  temperature.   Design
wet-bulb  temperatures  vary from 15.6°C (60°F)  to 35°C (85°F)  depending
on the geographic area, and are usually equaled  or  exceeded  only  2.5
percent to 5 percent of the total summer operating time.
                                47

-------
Hot  water  temperature  minus  cold water temperature is termed cooling
range, and the difference between cold water and wet-bulb temperature is
called approach.

A closed system is normally used when converting from once-through river
cooling of plant processes.  In the closed system, a  cooling  tower  is
used  for  cooling  all  of  the hot water from the processes.  With the
closed system, make-up water from  the  river  is  required  to  replace
evaporation loss at the tower.

Two other water losses also occur.  The first is drift, which is droplet
carryover  in  the  air  as contrasted to evaporative loss.  The cooling
tower industry has a standarized guarantee  that  drift  loss  will  not
exceed  0.2  percent  of  the  water circulated.  The second loss in the
closed system is blowdown to  sewer  or  river.   Although  blowdown  is
usually  taken  off  the hot water line, it may be removed from the cold
water stream  in  order  to  comply  with  regulations  that  limit  the
temperature  of  water  returned  to  the stream.  Blowdown from a tower
system will vary depending on the solids concentration  in  the  make-up
water, and on the occurrence of solids that may be harmful to equipment.
Generally,  blowdown  will  be  about  0.3  percent  per 5.5°C  (10°F) of
cooling, in order to maintain a solids concentration in the recirculated
water of three to four times that of the make-up water.

The quantity and quality of the blowdown form boilers and cooling towers
depend on the design of the particular plant utility system.   The  heat
content  of  these  streams  is  purely  a function of the heat recovery
equipment associated with the utility  system.   The  amounts  of  was4
brine  and  sludge  produced by ion exchange and water treatment syst
depend on both the plant water use function and the intake source.  No
of these utility waste streams  can  be  related  directly  to  specific
process units.

Quantitative   limitations  on  parameters  such  as  dissolved  solids,
hardness, alkalinity, and temperature, therefore, cannot be allocated on
a production basis.  The limitations on such parameters associated  with
non-contact  utility effluents should be established on the basis of the
water quality criteria of the specific receiving water body  or  an  EPA
study   of   all   industries,   to  define  specific  utility  effluent
limitations.

Refinery Distribution

There are a total of 247 operating petroleum refineries  in  the  United
States,  as of January 1,  1973, with a combined capacity of 2.24 million
cu m/day  (14 million barrels/day of) crude oil processing  (see Figure   4
and  Table 7).  The capacity of these plants range from 32 cu m/day  (200
bbl/day) to 69,000 cu m/day  (434,000 bbl/day) of crude oil.
                                 48

-------
*-
NO
                                                                Figure  4
                                                   Geographical Distribution of Petroleum
                                                             Refineries in the
                                                               United States

-------
                        TABLE 7
      Crude Capacity of Petroleum Refineries  by States  as  of Jan.  1,  1973  (3)
                                                                    Rated
                                                             Crude  Capacity
 State

 Alabama
 Alaska
 Arkansas
 Cal ifornlia
 Colorado
 Delaware
 Florida
 Georgia
 Hawai i
 Illinois
 j ndiana
 Kansas
 Kentucky
 Louis iana
 Maryland
 Michigan
 Minnesota
 Miss iss ippi
 Missouri
 Montana
 Nebraska
 New Jersey
 New Mexico
 New York
 North Dakota
 Ohio
 Oklahoma
 Oregon
 Pennsylvania
 Rhode  Island
 Tennessee
 Texas
 Utah
 Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Wyom i ng
Number of Plants

     5
  •   4
     .4   •
    3k
     3
     1
     1
     2
     2
    11
     7
    11
     3
    18
     2
     6
     3
    5
     1
    8
     I
    5
    6
    2
    2
    8
   12
    I
   II
    1
    1
  40
    5
    I
    7
    3
    I
   9
Cubic Me6ers/day

      6,460
      8,950
      7,600
    285,675
      8,580
     23,850
        875
      2,050
     11,290
    173,070
     88,250
     64,475
     26,300
    255,350 .
      4,040
     21,340
     28,380
     52,260
     16,880
     23,780
       875
     98,700
     7,740
     16,850
     8,750
     98,850
     75,370
     2,860
   108,870
     1,590
     4,770
   57-9,640
    19,875
                       247
      -%\ ~ ^
    55,520
     3,260
     5,800
    23,810


 2,230,535
   Barrels/day

     40,650
     56,300
     47,800
  1,796,700
     53,950
    150,000
      5,500
     12,900
     71,000
  1,088,500
    555,000
    405,500
    165,400
  1,606,200
     25,400
    134,190
    178,500
    328,700
    106,200
    149,575
     5,500.
   620,800
    48,700
    106,000
    55,000
   584,000
   474,000
    18,000
   684,715
    10,000
    30,000
 3,645,550
   125,000
   "5",000
   349,200
    20,500
    36,500
   149,750

13,991,580
                                       50

-------
Within the United States, refineries are concentrated in areas of  major
cruSe  production   (California, Texas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, Kansas), and
   major population areas (Illinois, Indiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Texas,
    California) .

There are an almost unlimited number of  process  combinations  possible
within  the  process area, or "Battery Limits", of the typical refinery.
Selection of the processing route for the manufacture  of  a  particular
product  mix at a particular location or time is a decision based on the
particular refiner's unique  situation.   In  order  to  illustrate  the
diversity  of operations which may be included within a refinery, Figure
5 shows the schematic flow diagram for a hypothetical  15,900  cu  m/day
(100,000  bbl/day)   integrated  refinery.   This  hypothetical  refinery
includes essentially all production processes previously outlined; hence
the hypothetical refinery shown in Figure 5 is completely integrated for
current U.S. refinery capacity.  Inspection of Table 8 demonstrates  the
general distribution of refining processes.

The  trend in the petroleum refining industry is toward fewer and larger
refineries, which are integrated with satellite or companion industries.
This consolidation trend for a six-year period (1967-1973)  is  shown  in
Table  9.   Refineries  with  capacities  over  15,900 cu m/day  (100,000
bbl/day)  (11.5 percent of the  total)   represented  <*8  percent  of  the
domestic  refinery  crude capacity in 1967; in 1972, 16.6 percent of the
refineries had capacities of 15,900 cu m/day (100,000 bbl/day) or  more,
and  represented  58  percent  of  the domestic refinery crude capacity.
Growth of the large refinery  was  a  result  of  the  annual  need  for
«  creased  fuel capacity, and the imposed load due to the phasing out of
  aller refineries.  Refineries are increasing capacities for reforming,
  drotreating, cracking, and isomerization processes  to  obtain  higher
octane gasoline in lieu of adding lead.  Desulfurization of heavy fuels,
longer process catalyst life requirements, and high quality, low sulfur,
light  fuels  and  lubes are factors in the rapid growth of the hydrogen
treating process.  The complexity and size of the typical  refinery  can
be  expected to increase at a rate comparable to the period 1967 through
1972 for the near future, and no major technological  breakthroughs  are
expected that would drastically alter petroleum processes.

Anticipated industry Growth

The  petroleum refining industry is presently facing a shortage of crude
oil.  There have been scattered shortages  of  gasoline  and  fuel  oil.
Since  demand  continues to grow and very little refinery expansion work
is under way, shortages will become more severe over the next few years.
Consumption of petroleum products will keep growing, and  supplies  must
be  generated  to  satisfy  these growing demands.  (1972 consumption of
petroleum products, shown in Table 10, was approximately 2.56 million cu
m/day (16.1 million bbl/day).   The growth rate in consumption has  been
5.2  percent per year; the projected growth in consumption over the next
                                 51

-------
                                      FIGURE   5
             HYPOTHETICAL 100,000 BARREL/STREAM DAY INTEGRATED REFINERY
52

-------
                                                        TABLE    8

                        Process  Employment  Profile of Refining  Processes  as  of  January  1,  1973 ( 3 )
   Production Processes
Ol
o>
                             Number of Refineries
                             Employing a Production Process
                             by Crude Capacity Classification
Storage:  Crude & Product
Crude Desalting
Atmospheric Distillation
Vacuum Distillation
Thermal Cracking
Catalytic Cracking
Hydrocracking
Hydretreating:  Cat Reformer
  and Cat Crack Feed
  Middle Distillates 6 Naptha
  Lubes
  Heavy Oils and Residuals
  Other Feedstocks
Alkylation
Isomerization
Reforming
Aromatics
Lubes
Asphalt
All
Refineries
247
247
247
175
87
141
45
129
54
13
5
57
125
30
166
35
44
111
<35
MB/SD
141
141
141
79
27
41
11
42
11
2
2
14
30
4
65
3
16
58
35 to 100
MB/SD
65
65
65
55
32
59
11
52
21
2
3
17
57
19
60
16
10
30
>100
MB/SD
41
41
41
41
28
41
23
35
22
9
-
26
38
7
41
16
18
23
Percent of Refineries
Employing a Production Process
by Crude Capacity Classification
All
Refineries
100
100
100
70
35
57
18
52
22
5
2
23
51
12
67
14
18
45
<35
MB/SD
100
100
100
56
19
29
8
30
8
1
1
10
21
3
46
2
11
41
35 to 100
MB/SD
100
100
100
85
49
91
17
80
32
3
5
26
88
29
92
25
15
46
>100
MB/SD
100
100
100
100
68
100
56
85
54
22
-
63
93
17
100
39
44
56

-------
                                   TABLE  9




              Trend in Domestic Petroleum Refining  from  1967  to  1973 (3,3a)
January 1, 1967 January 1, 1973
Crude Capacity, M3/SD (bbl/SD) 1,853,618
Total Companies
Total Refineries
Refineries with Capacity J>100 Mbbl/SD
Refineries with Capacity <35 Mbbl/SD
Total Capacity of All >100 Mbbl/SD
(11,657,975)
146
269
31
159
5,597,300
2,224,661(13,991,580)
132
247
41
141
8,167,200
Percent
Change
+ 20
(- 10)
(- 8)
+ £
(- 10
+ 46
   Refineries



Average Refinery Capacity,  M3/SD (bbl/SD)  6890  (43,338)      9006(56,6461        + 31
                                        54

-------
                            TABLE  10

              1972 Consumption of Petroleum Products  (63)



Products                  1972 Consumption. Million Cubic Meters/Day
                                           (Million Barrels/Day)
Motor Gasoline                                  1.02  (6.4)

Aviation Fuel                                   0.17  (1.1)

Middle Distillates                              0.49  (3.1)

Residual Fuels                                  0.40  (2.5)

All Other Products                              0.49  (3.1)
                                 55

-------
eight years is 43 percent, or a compounded growth rate  of  4.6  percent
per year.

Supplies  of refinery feedstocks and products will show a rapid increas^
in imports.  Table 11 indicates current and projected  1980  sources  of
feedstocks  and  products.  In 1972, imports accounted for 29 percent of
the total supply; in 1980, imports are projected at 55  percent  of  the
total supply.

Refinery  runs  of crude oil are projected to increase from 1.86 million
cu m/day  (11.7 million bbl/day) in 1972 to 2.73 million cu  m/day   (17.2
million  bbl/day)  in  1980.   Refinery  capacity in 1972 was about 2.23
million cu m/day  (14.0 million bbl/day).  By 1980 the national  refinery
capacity  must  increase to 3.18 million cu m/day (20.0 million bbl/day)
to satisfy the projected requirements.  The need  for  0.95  million  cu
m/day   (6.0  million  bbl/day)  of  new  refinery  construction for real
growth, plus  0.64  million  cu  m/day   (4.0  million  bbl/day)  of  new
construction for replacement, indicates a total of 1.59 million cu m/day
 (10.0 million bbl/day) of new refinery construction is required by  1980.

Because  of crude supply limitations, most new refinery capacity will be
designed to process higher sulfur crudes.   (A partial list  of  analyses
of  crude  oils from major oil fields around the world is given in Table
12.)  The use of sour crude feedstock from  outside  the  United  states
will' require  not only a change in processing equipment, but changes in
in-plant waste water control and treatment operations.  Some  refineries
currently  consuming  sweet  crude stocks are not employing strippers t(
remove minimal amounts of ammonia and hydrogen sulfide from their      *
waters.   when processing sour crude within these refineries, sour watl
strippers will be required prior to discharge of  the  waste  waters  to
biological  waste  water treatment facilities.  Two stage desalting will
become more prevalent.   other  changes  will  be  required  within  the
refinery  to  minimize  corrosion,  treat  more  sour heavy bottoms, and
reduce emissions of sour gases.
                                 56

-------
                             TABLE 11

          Sources of  Supply  for U.S. Petroleum Feedstocks
                              Supplypillion Cubic Meters/Day(Million Barrels/Day
Source                              '   1972                    1980 (Projected)
Domestic Crude Oil Production         1.51  (9.5)               1.35 (8.5)

Domestic Natural Gas Liquids          0.27  (1.7)               0.24 (1.5)

Crude Oil Imports                     0.35  (2.2)               1.38 (8.7)

Residual Fuel Imports                 0.27  (1.7)               0.40 (2.5)

Other Imports                         0.13  (0.8)               0.24 (1.5)

Miscellaneous Sources                 0.06  (0.4)               0.08 (0.5)
                                57

-------
TABLE 12
Country
Abu Dhabi
Algeria
Brunei
Canada
Alberta
Bonnie Glen
Golden Spike
Judy Creek
Pembina
Swan Hills
Saskatchewan
Midale
Weyburn
Indonesia
1 ran
Iraq
Libya
Mexico
Ebano Panuco
Naranjos-Cerro-Azul
Poza Rica
Peru
Saudi Arabia
United States
Alaska
Cook Inlet
Prudhoe Bay
Swanson River
Arkansas
Smackover
Gravi ty
39.3
46 -
21 -


41 -
36 -
42 -
35 -
41

28 -
24 -
35
31 -
35 -
37 -

12
20
35
33.5
27 -


36
30.5
29-7

22.2
, API

48
37


42
39
43
42


32
33

38
36
41




- 35.5
38







Sulfur, Percent Nitrogen, Percent

0.15
0.1


0.25
0.23

0.42
0.80

1.89
2.12
0.10
1.12 - 1.66
1.97
0.23 - 0.52

5.38
3.80
1.77
0.12
1.30 - 3.03


0.0

0.16 0.203

2.10 0.080
   58

-------
                                 TABLE 12
                                  (Continued)
Country

 Californ ia
    Elk Hills
    Huntington Beach
    Kern River =
    Midway-Sunset
    San Ardo
    WiImlngton
 Colorado
    Rangely
 Kansas
    Bemis Shutts
 Loui s iana
    Bayou Sale
    Cai1lou I si.
    Golden Meadow
    Grand Bay
    Lake Barre
    Lake Washington
    West Bay
    Bay Marchand  Blk.  2
   Main Pass  Blk. 69
    South Pass Blk.  24
    South Pass Blk.  27
   Timbalier  Bay
   West  Delta Blk.  30
 Miss iss ippi
    Baxtervi1le
 New Mexico
   Vacuum
 Oklahoma
   Golden  Trend
 Texas
   Anahuac
   Con roe
   Diamond M
   East  Texas
   Hastings
   Hawkins
   Head lee
   Kelly Snyder
   Level land
   Midland  Farms
   Panhandle
   Seeliason
Gravity,  API
  22.5
  22.6
  12.6
  22.6
  11.1
  22.1

  34.8

  34.6

  36.2
  35.4
  37.6
  35
Sulfur,  Percent    Nitrogen,  Percent
  28
  32
  20
  30
  32
  35.6
  34.4
  27

 •17.

  35
  33.2
  37.6
  45.4
  39.4
  31.0
  26.8
  51
  38
  31
  39
  40
    0.68
      57
      19
    0.94
    2.25
    1.44

    0.56

    0.57
    0
 41.3
  0.16
  0.23
    18
  0.31
  0.14
  0.37
  0.27
  0.46
  0.25
  0.26
  0.18
  0.33
  0.33

  2.71

  0.95

  0.11

  0.2.3
  0.15
  0.20
  0.32
  0.15
  2.19
<0.10
  0.29
  2.12
  0.13
  0.55
<0.10
                      0.472
                      0.048
                      0.604

                      0.913
0.073

0.162


0.040
                       0.02
                       0.146
                       0.071

                       0.098
                       0.068
                       0.069
                       0.081
                       0.09

                       0.111

                       0.075
                       0.041
                       0.02
                       0.076
                       0.083
                       0.066
                       0.136
                       0.080
                       0.067
                       0.014
                                      59

-------
                                 TABLE 12
                                  (Continued)
Country

    Tom O'Connor
    Wasson
    Webster
    Yates
 Utah
    Aneth

Venezuela

 Bachaquero
 Boscan
 Laguni1 las
 Mene Grande
 Tia Juana
 Oficina
 Los Claros
Gravity, API

   31.1
   31.9
   29.3
   30.2

   4o.4
   21.
   10.
   2k. 8
   18.4
   20.
   21
.3
,5
.2
.4
                   Sulfur,  Percent

                       0.16

                       0.21


                       0.20
 ,62
  53
 ,18
 ,65
 ,49
                 Nitrogen, Percent

                       0.03
                       0.07
                       0.046
                       0.150

                       0.059
0.59
   10.5
                                      60

-------
                               SECTION IV

                       INDUSTRY SUBCATEGORIZATION


Discussion of the Rationale of Subcategorization

The goal of this  study  is  the  development  of  effluent  limitations
commensurate  with  different  levels  of  pollution control technology.
These effluent limitations will specify the quantity of pollutants which
will ultimately be discharged from a specific manufacturing facility and
will be related to the  quantity  of  raw  materials  consumed  and  the
production methodology.

The  diverse range of products and manufacturing processes to be covered
suggests that separate effluent limitations be designated for  different
segments  with  the  industry.   To this end, a Subcategorization of the
Petroleum Refining Industry has been developed.   The  Subcategorization
is process oriented, with a delineation between subcategories based upon
raw waste load characteristics in relation to the complexity of refinery
operations.

Today's   petroleum   refinery   is   a   very  complex  combination  of
interdependent  operations  and  systems.   In  the  development  of   a
pollution  profile  for  this  industry, twelve major process categories
were listed as fundamental to the production of principal  oil  products
 [see  listing  in  Table  5) .   As  was  indicated  in  the  qualitative
   iluation of refinery process flows and  pollutant  characteristics  in
   )le  5,  of  these  processes  -  crude  desalting,  distillation, and
cracking contribute most heavily to a refinery's pollution load.  It  is
felt  that  any new method of classification must recognize at least one
of these process technologies.

The American Petroleum Institute (API) has  developed  a  classification
system  which utilizes this technology breakdown.  They have tentatively
divided  U.S.   refineries  into  5  classifications,  which   primarily
recognize   varying  degrees  of  processing  complexity  and  resultant
distribution of products.  The present API classification system  is  as
follows:

    Class          Process Complexity

      A            Crude Topping

      B            Topping and Cracking

      C            Topping, cracking, and petrochemicals

      D            "B" Category, and lube oils processing
                                 61

-------
      E            "D" Category, and petrochemicals

Development of Industry Subcategorization

Age,  size,  and  waste water treatability of refineries were considered
during  the  Subcategorization  of  the  refining  industry.    However,
subcategorization  by age is not necessarily useful, as additions to and
modifications  of  refineries  are  the  industry's  principal  form  of
expansion.  Since most of the technology employed within the industry is
of  an  evoluationary  nature,  refinery  age  was not a major factor in
refinery subcategorization.

while the size of a refinery is important in terms of  economical  waste
water  treatment,  the control technology employed in smaller refineries
need not be as sophisticated a technology to achieve parity with  larger
refineries  within the same subcategory.  Thus, size of refinery was not
used as a criterion for refinery classification.

Treatability characteristics of  refinery  waste  waters  indicate  that
these  waste  waters  are  generally  amenable  to  excellent degrees of
removal of pollutants.  Since this is an  industry-wide  characteristic,
the  proper  place  to evaluate the subcategorization of the industry is
with the raw waste load delivered to the refinery waste water  treatment
plant.     The    1972   National   Petroleum   Refining   Waste   Water
Characterization  Studies  of  135  refinery  API  separator  effluents,
provides  a  major  tool  for  this evaluation.  Attempts to explain and
justify the differences based solely on  type  and  method  of  coolin
inplant  pretreatment,  and  housekeeping practices were also fruitle
However, generally speaking those refineries with good practices in  a
these areas did have the lower waste loadings.

In  an attempt to determine the effects of process technology, a further
analysis was made of  the  API  individual  or  combined  categories  to
evaluate  the  raw  waste  load  as a function of the degree of cracking
employed within the refinery.  The  operations  included  in  degree  of
cracking    were:     thermal   operations,   catalytic   cracking   and
hydroprocessing.  The degree of cracking  was  expressed  as  percentage
capacity of the total feedstock processing capacity within the refinery.
The  data  for  evaluating  the net raw waste loads by this criteria was
obtained by analyzing the raw waste load surveys supplied by refineries,
literature sources, and analysis of the 1972 National Petroleum Refining
Waste Water Characterization Studies.

    1.   The net waste load  (total  raw  waste  load  minus  quality  of
         influent  water)  from  the  API  categories,  with corrections
         supplied by EPA, were statistically analyzed;  determining  the
         50  percent probability-of-occurrence loading for the key waste
         water  parameters   (BOD5,  Oil/Grease,  Phenol,  and  Ammonia).
         These  parameters  are representative of the major contaminants
         discharged by refineries and therefore, could serve as a  valid
                                 62

-------
         basis for screening correlations of variations in oil separator
         performance/   housekeeping,   severity  of  cracking,   and other
         factors.   The 50 percent probability-of-occurrence numbers were
         chosen,   as  they  reflect  the  median  net  raw  waste   load
         performance of the entire subcategory.

    2.    A  subcategory-to-subcategory  comparison  was  then   made   to
         determine  if,  based  upon  these median levels of performance,
         significant  differences  in  waste  water   loadings   between
         subcategories  of  refineries existed.   By comparing  the median
         values  on   a   subcategory-to-subcategory   basis,    internal
         differences  in  separator performance, housekeeping, and other
         factors  are minimized.   Those subcategories which  exhibited  a
         high degree of similarity in median net raw waste loads for the
         key  parameters  were  then  combined and reanalyzed  to develop
         new median values for the combinations.

In an additional  attempt to determine the effects of process technology,
an analysis was made of the lube oil  manufacturing refineries.   It  was
found  that  these refineries split into two separate groups;  (1)  large,
complex refineries with a low overall percentage  lube  production,  and
(2)   small, specialty lube refineries.  The first group is made up of 27
refineries, with  capacities  of  36,000  bbl/day  and  higher   and  lube
productions  from  0.6  -  9.4 percent of the feedstock throughput.  The
second group includes 18 refineries ranging in  capacity  from  1,000
10,400  bbl/day and lube productions  from 14 - 100 per cent of feedstock
throughput.
   categorization Results
Using the procedures outlined above, many trials were performed in order
to obtain a subcategorization of the petroleum refining  industry  which
is reflective of the net raw waste load with respect to type of refinery
(function) ,  process  technology  employed,  and severity of operations.
The final subcategorization obtained from  this  analysis  is  indicated
below  in  Table  13.  Detailed probability plots for the development of
the subcategorization are contained in supplement B.

For each of these new subcategories  the  parameters  for  the  selected
median  values  are  indicated  in  Table  14.  A further enumeration of
overall net raw waste load characteristics is given in Section V.

In addition to  the  subcategorization  made  by  raw  waste  load,  the
splitting out of the speciality lube plants (as outlined above)  is being
made because of the special nature of these plants.

Analysis of the Subcategorization

    Topping subcategory
                                  63

-------
                            Table 13
  Subcategorization of the Petroleum Refining Industry
Reflecting Significant Differences in Wastewater Characteristics
Subcategory                 Basic Refinery Operations Included

  Topping                   Topping and Catalytic reforming

  Low-Cracking              Topping and cracking, with fresh feed
                            (non-recycle)  to the cracking and hydro-
                            processing of  less than 50% of the feed-
                            stock throughout.

  High-Cracking             Topping cracking, with a fresh feed
                            (non-recycle to the cracking and hydro-
                            processing of  greater than 50% of the
                            feedstock throughout.

  Petrochemical             Topping, cracking and petrochemicals
                            operations.*

  Lube                      Topping, cracking and lubes.**

  Integrated              -  Topping, cracking, lubes and petrochemicals
                            operations.*

*   Petrochemical operations - Production  of greater than 15 % of the
    feedstock throughout in first generation petrochemicals and feedstock
    isomerization products (BTX, olefins,  cyclohexane, etc.) and/or
    production of second generation petrochemicals (cumene alcohols,
    ketones, etc.)

**  Lubes - the production less than 12% of the feedstock throughout
    as lubes.  Refineries with greater than 12% lubes are being
    considered speciality refineries and are to be handled on an
    individual basis.

-------
ON
Ui
Subcategory

Topping

Low-Cracking

High-Cracking

Petrochemical

Lube

Integrated

*  Supplement
   individual
                                                            TABLE  14

                                        Median Net Raw Waste Loads  from Petroleum Refining *

                                                        Industry Categories

                                                Median Net Raw Waste Load, kg/1000 m3  (lb/1000 BBL)
                                                  BOD,
             Oil/Grease
    Phenol
Ammonia
  7.1 (2.5)   5.1  (1.8)

 71.3 (25)   27.4  (9.6)

 82.7 (29)   31.4  (11)

148.4 (52)   45.6  (16)

184.3 (65)  136.1  (U8)

215.5 (76)  131.8  (46.5)   5.1
 0.029 (0.01)   1.43  (0.5)

 2.85  (1.0)   10.0   (3.5)

 5.1   (1.8)   32.8  (11.5)

10.3   (3.6)   34.2  (12.0)

 6.2   (2.2)   22.1  (7-8)

       (1.8)   35.4  (12.5)
                                     B contains probability plots containing distributions  of
                                     parameters for each category.

-------
The  topping  subcategory  is  similar  to  the previous API category A.
Refineries in this  subcategory  are  relatively  simple  in  operation,
operating  only  crude  oil  distillation or topping units and catalytj^
reforming.  These processes are common to all other subcategories.

    High & low cracking subcategories

API Category B includes refineries which contain topping, reforming, and
cracking  operations.   Also   included   are   all   first   generation
conventional  refinery-associated  products  or  intermediates,  such as
benzene-toluene-xylene   (BTX),  alkanes,  alkenes,  alkynes,  and  other
miscellaneous items such as sulfur, hydrogen, coke, and ammonia.

Category  B has been subdivided on the basis of degree of cracking.  The
primary differentiation between the high and low cracking  subcategories
is  in the degree of cracking operations performed on the feedstock.  An
analysis of all refineries for which cracking  data  was  available  was
made in order to determine if the amount of cracking employed within the
refinery  had  a  demonstrable  effect  upon the net raw waste load.  No
direct correlation, relating percent cracking of crude to the  resultant
raw  waste  load,  was  obtained.   However,  a  breakpoint  appeared at
approximately 50 percent cracking, based on feedstock charge.

The division of API category B refineries into two  subcategories,   high
and  low cracking, using 50 percent cracking as the breakpoint, was made
in order to more accurately reflect actual  raw  waste  load  conditions
within  this  portion  of  the  petroleum refining industry.  While this
division  of  the  refineries  is  not  the  ultimate  answer  to   s
categorization,  it nevertheless recognizes the existence of an inher
difference  in  raw  waste  loads  which  result  from  the   increasin
complexity of refinery operations in API category B.

Another  change  from  the  API classification, is that the inclusion of
first generation petrochemicals shall only be for those whose production
amounts to less than 15 percent of the refinery throughput.

    Petrochemical subcategory

The  petrochemical  subcategory  is  similar  to  the  API  category  C.
Operations  included  within this subcategory are topping, cracking, and
petrochemical  operations.   Petrochemical  operations   include   first
generation  conventional  refinery-associated  production,  as described
under high and low cracking and category B, but only when it amounts  to
greater  than  15  percent  of the refinery throughput.  This takes into
consideration the additional cooling tower blowdown from this operation.
Intermediate chemical production, including  such  typical  products  as
cumene,  phthalic  anhydride,  alcohols,  ketones,  trimer, and styrene,
shall  also  be  considered  petrochemical  operations  and  classify  a
refinery in this subcategory.
                                 66

-------
Attempts  to  correlate  degree  of  cracking data for the petrochemical
subcategory refineries were unsuccessful.  Only a small  data  base  was
           for  analysis,  and  no  conclusions could be drawn from this
      as to the  effect  of  increased  cracking  on  the  petrochemical
subcategory  refinery  raw  waste  loads.  The analysis is also probably
overshadowed by the presence of petrochemicals operations  within  these
refineries.

    Lube subcategory

The  new lube subcategory is the same as the API category D,  except that
those refineries with greater than 12 percent of their throughput  going
to  lube production have been split out for separate consideration, with
limits to be set at a later date.

In the lube subcategory, the operations included under the high and  low
cracking  subcategories  are  expanded to include lube operations.   Lube
operations in this  subcategory  require  the  production  of  lube  oil
blending  stocks via operations such as dewaxing, lube hydrotreating, or
clay treatment.  Lube oil processing excludes formulating  blended  oils
and additives.

Again,  for  the  new lube subcategory, no correlation or breakpoint for
degree of cracking was observable.  This may be due  in  part  to:    the
small  data  base;  the  presence  of  lube  operations; or the size and
complexity of refineries within this subcategory.

    Integrated subcategcry

    new integrated subcategory is the same as API category E, except for
the  new  definition  of  petrochemical  operatons  specified   in   the
petrochemical subcategory.

Conclusion

The subcategorization of the petroleum refinery industry presented above
allows  for  the definition of logical segments of the industry in terms
of factors which effect generated API  separator  effluent  waste  water
quality.   It allows for rapid identification of the expected median net
raw waste loads as a basis for developing effluent  guidelines  for  the
discharge   from   the   individual   refinery.   The  subcategorization
determined above is  used  throughout  this  report  as  the  basis  for
development of effluent limitations and guidelines.
                                .67

-------
                               SECTION V

                         WASTE CHARACTERIZATION


General

After   developing   an  understanding  of  the  fundamental  production
processes  and  their  inter-relationships   in   refinery   operations,
determination   of   the  best  method  of  characterizing  of  refinery
discharges  will  enhance  the  interpretation  of  the  industry  water
pollution  profile.  If unit raw waste loads could be developed for each
production process, then the current effluent waste water profile  could
be  obtained  by  simply  adding  the components, and future profiles by
projecting the types and sizes of refineries.  However, the  information
required  for such an approach is not available.  Essentially all of the
available data on refinery waste waters apply  to  total  API  separator
effluent, rather than to effluents from specific processes.

Another  factor detracting from the application of a summation of direct
subprocess unit raw waste loads, is the frequent practice  of  combining
specific   waste  water  streams  discharging  from  several  units  for
treatment and/or reuse.  Thus, such  streams  as  sour  waters,  caustic
washes,  etc.,  in  actual  practice  are  generally  not traceable to a
specific unit, but only to a stripping tower or treatment unit  handling
wastes  from  several  units.   The  size,  sequence, and combination of
contributing processes are so involved that a breakdown by  units  would
   extremely difficult to achieve.
    view of the limitations imposed by the summation of waste water data
from specific production process, the evaluation of refinery waste loads
was based on total refinery effluents discharged through the  API   (Oil)
separator,  which  is  considered  an  integral part of refinery process
operations for product/raw material recovery prior to final waste  water
treatment.

Raw Waste I^oads

The information on raw waste loading was compiled from the 1972 National
Petroleum  Refining  Waste  Water  Characterization  Studies  and  plant
visits.  The data are considered primary source  data,  i.e.,  they  are
derived  from  field sampling and operating records.  The raw waste data
for each subcategory of the petroleum  refining  industry,  as  subcater
gorized  in  Section IV, have been analyzed to determine the probability
of occurrence of mass leadings for  each  considered  parameter  in  the
subcategory.   These frequency distributions are summarized in Tables 15
through 20 for each subcategory.

Waste water Flows
                                69

-------
As shown in Table 15 through 20, the waste water flows  associated  with
raw  waste  loads  can  vary  significantly.   However,  the loadings of
pollutants tend to vary within  fairly  narrow  limits,  independent
flow.

Since  the  inter-refinery data suggest that the pollutant loading to be
expected from a refinery is relatively  constant  in  concentration,  an
examination  of  water  use  practices  was  made.  The waste water flow
frequencies reported in Tables 15 through 20 are dry^weather flows,  and
in  many  cases  include  large  amounts  of once-through cooling water.
Refineries  with  more  exemplary  waste  water  treatment  systems  are
probably  making  a  greater  effort  to  control waste loads and flows.
Conversely, refineries with very high  water  usages  and/or  raw  waste
loads  either  do not have identifiable waste water treatment plants, or
have them under construction.

The primary methods for reduction of the waste water flows  to  the  API
separator  are  either segregation of once"through cooling waters, or by
installation of recycle cooling towers and/or air coolers.  In order  to
estimate  the  flows  that  should be attainable in refineries with good
water  practices,  a  statistical  analysis  was  made  of  flows   from
refineries  in which 3 percent or less of the total heat removal load is
accomplished by once-through cooling water.  Data for this analysis were
obtained from the tabulation of refinery cooling practices contained  in
the  1972  National  Petroleum  Refining  Waste  Water  characterization
Studies.  These frequency distributions are summarized in Table 21.

Basis for Effluent Limitations

The  median   (50  percent  probability-of-occurrence)  raw  waste  loads
outlined  in  Tables  15 through 20 are reflective of the performance of
median refineries within each subcategory.  At the same time, attainable
process waste water flows, as reflected by the median  water  usage  for
refineries  in which 3 percent or less of the total heat removal load is
accomplished by once-through cooling water, are indicative of  equitable
process waste water loadings which require waste water treatment.

Consequently,  these median  (50 percent probability-of-occurrence) waste
water loadings and estimated process waste water flows were selected  as
one   basis  for  developing  effluent  limitations,  and  are  used  in
subsequent sections to define these effluent limitations.
                                 70

-------
Parameter
Flow *
                                    TABLE  15

              Topping Subcategory Raw Waste Load**
                      Effluent  from Refinery  API  Separator

             Net  Kilograms/1000  m   (LB/1000  bbls)  of Feedstock Throughput
                                           Probability of  Occurrence,


rei ^ei
1 0%
BOD5 0.26 (0.09)
COD
TOC
TSS

Phenol s
Ammonia
Sulfides

0.72
0.086
0.30
0.97
0.001
0.18
0.0037
0.024
(0.25)
(0.03)
(0.105)
(0.34)
(0.00035)
(0.064)
(0.0013)
(1.0)
1 L 1 tibb LI Id
n ur ei|udi L
50% (.Median)
7.1
24.0
4.9
6.6
5.1
0.029
1.43
1.57
0.53
(2.5)
(8.4)
(1.7)
(2.3)
(1.8)
(0.01)
(0.5)
(0.55)
(22)
o.
90%
286 .(100)
858 (300)
269 ( 98)
123 ( 43)
45.8 ( 16)
0.92(0.32)
11.4 (4.0)
7.2 (2.5)
12.0 (500)
*  1000 cubic meters/1000 m  Feedstock Throughput (gallons/bbl)
 ** Probability plots  are contained in Supplement B.
                                         71

-------
                                   TABLE 16

          Lew-Cracking Subcategory ,Raw Waste Load**
                      Effluent from Refinery API  Separator

            Net Kilograms/1000 m3 (LB/1000 bbls)  of  Feedstock Throughput
Parameter
         Probability of  Occurrence,
      Percent  less  than  or  equal  to







10%
BOD
COD
TOC
TSS
Oil
y
Phenol s
Ammon i a
Sul
fides
15.
7.
3.
5.
0.
1.
0.
7
7
k
36
9
(5.
(19)
(2.
(1.
(l.
(0.
(0.
000^9(0.
5)
6)
3)
9)



125)
67
)
00017)


50% (Median)
71.5
200
k5.7
27
27
2.86
10.0
1.0
(25)
(70)
(16)
( 9.6)
( 9.6)
(1.0)
(3.5)
(0.35)



90%
3*0
286
200
137
22
51
22



.9
.5
(120)
(260)
(100)
(70)
(W)
(8.0)
(18)
,308(7800)
F1 ow»
0.10
t. 3)
0.79 (33)
                                                                           6.
*  1000 Cubic Meters/1000 m  Feedstock Throughput (gallons/bbl)
** Probability plots are contained in Supplement B.
                                        72

-------
                                     TABLE  17
             High Cracking Subcategory Raw Waste Load
                        Effluent  from Refinery  API  Separator
             Net Kilograms/1000  nT  (LB/1000  bbls)  of Feedstock Throughput
  Parameter
  BOD
    5  '
 COD


 TSS
 Oil
 Phenols
 Ammonia
 Sulfides

 F1 ow»
               Probability of Occurrence,
             Percent less than or equal  to
10%
28.0 (9.8)
45.8 (16)
7.4 (2.6)
0.054 (0.019)
6.7 (2.35)
0.57 (0.20)
6.6 (2.3)
0.0049(0.0017)
50% (Median)
82.9 (29)
260 (91)
52.9 (18.5)
32.3 (11.3)
31.4 (H.O)
5.1 (1.8)
32.8 (11.5)
1.28(0.45)
90%
235 (82)
1487 (520)
372 (130)
212 (74)
120 (42)
48.6(17)
166 (58)
315 (110)
0.12  (4.8)
0.62(26)
 *|000 Cubic Meters/1000  m3; Feedstock Throughput (gallons
** Probability plots are contained in Supplement B.
48.0(2000)
                                            73

-------
                                    TABLE 18
         Petrochemical Subcategory  Raw Waste Load  **
                       Effluent  from Refinery  API  Separator
              Net  Kilograms/1000 m3 (LB/1000 bbls)  of  Feedstock Throughput
 Parameter
COD

TOC

TSS

Oily

Phenols

Ammonia

Sulfides

Flow-1'
  Probability of Occurrence,
Percent less than or equal  to
10% 50% (median)
34.3
137
31.5
4.0
7.4
2.2
6.3
0.01
(12)
(48)
(ID
(1.4)
(2.6)
(0.78)
(2.2)
1(0.004)
149
372
117
44.
45.
10.
3<*.
1.
(52)
(130)
(M)
3(15.5)
8(16)
3(3.6)
3(12)
69(0.59)
90%
629
2888
443
887
315
48.
189
229
(220)
(800)
(155)
(310)
(110)
6(17)
(66)
(80)
                          0.11  (4.6)
            0.96(40)
*  1000  Cubic  Meters/1000 m3 Feedstock Throughput (gallons/bbl)

** Probability polots are contained in Supplement B.
12.0(500)
                                         74

-------
                                   TABLE 19

                 Lube Subcategory Raw Waste Load**
                     Effluent from Refinery API  Separator
             Net Kilograms/1000 m3 (LB/1000 bbls)  of Feedstock Throughput
Parameters
   5
                                          Probability of Occurrence,
                                      Percent less than or equal  to

113
200
3.
U8
0.
6.
0.
0.
nnn
10%
(to)
(-71.)
U (1.2)
(17)
2 (0.07)
2 (2.2)
00017 (0.00006)
56(21*. 2)
nrt *ff**» — . <3«. ^ _ _!.. fm_. u.._.__ ^_T.
50%
187
382
79
. 136
6.2
22
1.1
(median)
(66)
(13V)
(28)
(V8)
(2.2)
(7.8) ,
(O.U)
0.91(39)
	 j_ / 	 nn 	 Ai_i_ n \
90%
311
1750
1769
396
20
79
35.0
13.0

(110)
(618)
(625)
(ito)
(7.0)
(28)
(12.U)
(560)
BOD

COD

TOC

TSS
Phenolics

Ammonia (N)

Sulfides


Flow*

*  1000 Cubic Meter
** Probability plots are contained in Supplement B.
                                         75

-------
Parameters
                                      TABLE  20

                           Integrated Subcategory Raw Waste Load**

                        Effluent from REfinery API Separator

            Net Kilograms/1000 M^ (LB/1000 BBLs) of Feedstock Throughput
  Probability of Occurrence,
Percent legs than or equal to
BOD
10% 50% (median) 	 90%
^ (16)
120 (1*2.1*)
0.6 (0.2)
23.8 (8.1*)
100 (0.35)
T.U (2.6)
0.00028 (0.00010)
0.23(10.0)
238
-590
29
133
6.5
35. U
1.7
1.8
(81*)
(20.8).
(10.2)
(vn
(2.3)
(12.5)
(0.6)
(79)
U13
1150
3^0
750
1*1
170
1*5
25.6
(1U6)
(1*06)
(120)
(26.5)
(lU.5)
(60)
(15.9)
(1100)
COD

TOG

TSS

Oil

Phenolics

Ammonia (N)

Sulfides

Flow*

*  1000 Cubic Meters/1000 m3 Feedstock Throughput (gallons/bbl)

** Probability plots are contained in Supplement B.
                                         76

-------
                                                    TAi
                        21
                                          Wastewater Flow from Petroleum Refineries*
                                            Using 3  Percent  or Less  Once-Through
                                                Cool ing Water for Heat Removal
                                 1000 M3  / 1000  M3 (gallona/bbl) of Feedstock Throughput

                                             Probability of  Occurrence,
                                          Percent Less  than  or Equal  to
Subcategory
Topping
Low-Cracking
High-Cracking
Pet ro chemi c al
Lube
Integrated
   10%
0.046  (1.9)
0.18 (7.6)
0.21 (8.8)
0.19 (8.0)
0.53 (22)
0.65 (27)
    50% (median)
0.29  (12)
0.41  (1?)
0.50  (21)
0.60  (25)
0.89 (37)
1.11 (U6)
     90%
 2.16 (90)
 1.46 (61)
 5.52 (230)
 1.58 (66)
1.25 (52)
8.80 (365)
*  Probability plots are contained in Supplement B.

-------
                               SECTION VI

                   SELECTION OF POLLUTANT PARAMETERS


Selected Parameters

The selection of the complete list of  pollutant  parameters  which  are
discharged  in  significant  quantities  was  based on a review of:  the
Environmental Protection Agency permits for discharge  of  waste  waters
from  a  number  of  refineries;  reviews with personnel in regional EPA
offices;   the   1972   National   Petroleum   Refining   Waste    Water
Characterization  Studies; discussions with industry representatives and
consultants; and literature survey  data.   The  results  of  the  above
indicated the parameters shown in Table 22 are significant in describing
the  physical,  chemical  and biological characteristics of waste waters
discharged by the petroleum refining industry, as defined in the Act.

The rationale and justification for inclusion of  these  parameters  are
discussed  below.   This discussion will provide the basis for selection
of parameters upon which the actual effluent limitations were postulated
and prepared.  In addition,  particular  parameters  were  selected  for
discussion  in  the  light  of current knowledge as to their limitations
from an analytical as well as from an environmental standpoint.

    Oxygen Demand Parameters

  ree oxygen demand parameters are discussed below:  BODS, COD, and TOG.
   should be noted that since separate  limitations  are  specified  for
   5, COD, and TOC in sections IX, X, and XI for each subcategory.

Almost without exception, waste waters from petroleum refineries exert a
significant  and sometimes major oxygen demand.  The primary sources are
soluble  biodegradable  hydrocarbons  and  inorganic  sulfur  compounds.
Crude  distillation, cat cracking, and the product finishing operations,
are the major contributors of BOD5.  In  addition,  the  combination  of
small  leaks  and  inadvertent  losses  that  occur  almost continuously
throughout a  complex  refinery  can  become  principal  BOD_  pollution
sources.

Biochemical  oxygen demand (BOD) refers to the amount of oxygen required
to stabilize biodegradable matter under aerobic  conditions.   The  BOD5
test has been used to gauge the pollutional strength of a waste water in
terms  of  the  oxygen it would demand if discharged into a watercourse.
Historically,  the  BOD5  test  has  also  been  used  to  evaluate  the
performance  of biological waste water treatment plants and to establish
effluent limitation values.  However, objections to the use of the  BOD5
test have been raised.
                                 79

-------
             TABLE  22

Significant Pollutant Parameters for
   the Petroleum Refining Industry
   Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BODS)

   Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

   Total Organic Carbon (TOG)

   Oil and Grease (O&G)

   Ammonia as Nitrogen (NH3-N)

   Phenolic Compounds

   Sulfides

   Chromium

   Zinc
                  80

-------
The major objections are as follows:

    1.   The standard BOD5 test takes five days before the  results  are
         available,  thereby  negating its use as a day-to-day treatment
         plant operational indicator.

    2.   At the start of the BOD5 test, seed culture (microorganisms)  is
         added to  the  BOD5  bottle.   If  the  seed  culture  was  not
         acclimated, i.e., exposed to a similar waste water in the past,
         it  may  not readily be able to biologically degrade the waste.
         This results in the  reporting  of  a  low  BOD5  value.   This
         situation  is  very  likely  to occur when dealing with complex
         industrial wastes, for which acclimation is  required  in  most
         cases.   The  necessity of using "acclimated bacteria" makes it
         very important  to  take  a  seed  from  the  biological  plant
         treating  the  waste  or  downstream  of  the  discharge in the
         receiving waterbody.

    3.   The BOD5 test is sensitive  to  toxic  materials,  as  are  all
         biological   processes.   Therefore,  if  toxic  materials  are
         present in a particular waste water, the  reported  BOD5  value
         may  very well be erroneous.  This situation can be remedied by
         running a toxicity test, i.e., subsequently diluting the sample
         until the BOD5 value reaches  a  plateau  indicating  that  the
         material  is  at  a  concentration  which  no  longer  inhibits
         biological oxidation.
  «ere has been much controversy concerning the use of BOD5 as a  measure
    pollution,  and  there  have been recommendations to substitute some
  her parameter, e.g., COD or TOG.  EPA has recently  pointed  out  that
some  or  all  of the previously cited reasons make the BOD5 test a non-
standard  test,  and  ASTM's  Subcommittee  p-19  has  also  recommended
withdrawal of the BOD5 test as a standard test.

However,  some  of the previously cited weaknesses of the BOD5 test also
make it uniquely applicable.  It is the  only  parameter  now  available
which  measures  the amount of oxygen used by selected microorganisms in
metabolizing a waste water.  The use  of  COD  or  TOC  to  monitor  the
efficiency  of  BOD5 removal in biological treatment is possible only if
there is  a  good  correlation  between  COD  or  TOC  and  BOD.   After
consideration  of  the  advantages,  disadvantages and constraints, BOD5
will continue to be used as a pollutional indicator  for  the  petroleum
refining industry.
                                 81

-------
Typical  raw  waste  load concentrations for each subcategory are listed
below:

          Subcategory         BOD5 RWL Range, mg/1

             Topping             10-50
             Low Cracking        30 - 300
             High Cracking      100 - 600
             Petrochemical       50 - 800
             Lube               100 - 700
             Integrated         100 - 800
As a matter of reference, typical BOD5 values for  raw  municipal  waste
waters range between 100 and 300 mg/L7

    COD

Chemical oxygen demand  (COD)  provides a measure of the equivalent oxygen
required to oxidize the materials present in a waste water sample, under
acid  conditions  with  the  aid  of  a strong chemical oxidant, such as
potassium dischromate, and  a  catalyst  (silver  sulfate).   One  major
advantage  of the COD test is that the results are available normally in
less than three hours.  Thus, the COD test is a faster test by which  to
estimate  the  maximum  oxygen  exertion  demand  a  waste can make on a
stream.  However, one major disadvantage is that the COD test  does  not
differentiate   between   biodegradable  and  non-biodegradable  organic
material.  In addition, the presence  of  inorganic  reducing  chemicals
(sulfides,  reducible  metallic  ions, etc.) and chlorides may interfere
with the COD test.
                                                                     caT^
The  slow  accumulation   of   refractory   (resistant   to   biologice
decomposition)   compounds  in  watercourses  has  caused  concern  among
various environmentalists and regulatory agencies.  However, until these
compounds are identified, analytical procedures  developed  to  quantify
them, and their effects on aquatic plants and animals are documented, it
may be premature (as well as economically questionable)  to require their
removal from waste water sources.

Typical  raw  waste  load concentrations for each subcategory are listed
below:

           Subcategory           COD RWL Range, mg/1

             Topping                50 - 150
             Low Cracking          150 - 300
             High Cracking         150 - 400
             Petrochemical         300 - 600
             Lube                  400 - 700
             Integrated            300 - 600
Typical COD values for raw municipal waste waters are
between 200 mg/1 and 400 mg/1.
                                 82

-------
    TOC

  «tal organic carbon  (TOC)  is a measure of the amount of carbon  in  the
  ganic  material in a waste water sample.  The TOC analyzer withdraws a
small volume of sample and thermally oxidizes it at  150°C.   The  water
vapor  and  carbon  dioxide from the combustion chamber (where the water
vapor is removed)  is condensed and sent to an infrared  analyzer,  where
the  carbon dioxide is monitored.  This carbon dioxide value corresponds
to the total inorganic value.  Another portion of  the  same  sample  is
thermally > oxidized  at  950°c,  which  converts  all  the  carbonaceous
material to carbon dioxide; this carbon dioxide value corresponds to the
total carbon value.  TOC is  determined  by  subtracting  the  inorganic
carbon  (carbonates and water vapor)  from the total carbon value.

The  recently  developed  automated carbon analyzer has provided a rapid
and simple means of determining organic carbon  levels  in  waste  water
samples,  enhancing  the  popularity  of TOC as a fundamental measure of
pollution.  The organic carbon determination is  free  of  many  of  the
variables  which plague the COD and BOD analyses, yielding more reliable
and reproducible data.  However,  meaningful  correlations  between  the
three are sometimes hard to develop.

Typical  raw  waste  concentrations  for  each subcategory are presented
below:

          Subcategory           TOC RWL Range, mg/1

            Topping                 10 - 50
            Low Cracking            50 - 100
            High Cracking           50 - 500
            Petrochemical          100 - 250
            Lube                   100 - 400
            Integrated              50 - 500
Typical values for raw municipal waste waters range between 50  and  250
mg/L.

    TSS

In  refineries,  major  sources  of  suspended matter are contributed by
crude storage, alkylation, crude  desalting  and  finishing  operations.
Quenching   and  removal  operations  in  the  production  of  coke  can
contribute significant  amounts  of  suspended  fines  to  the  refinery
effluent.

Total   suspended solids, when  discharged to a watercourse, settle to the
bottom  and  can  blanket  spawning  grounds  and  interfere  with  fish
propagation.   In  addition,   the  solids  which  are  organic  will  be
metabolized and exert an oxygen  demand.   Total  suspended  solids,  in
large   concentrations, can impede light transmittance and interfere with
                                  83

-------
aquatic photosynthesis, thereby affecting the oxygen content of  a  Joody
of water.

Typical  total  suspended  solids  raw  waste  concentrations  for
subcategory are listed  below:

            Subcategory         TSS RWL Range, mg/1

              Topping                 10 - 40
              Low  Cracking            10 - 70
              High Cracking           20 - 100
              Petrochemical           50 - 200
              Lube                   80 - 300
              Integrated              20 •* 200
Total  suspended solids  concentrations for typical  raw  municipal  waste
waters range  from  100 to 300 mg/1.

     Freon  Extractables  - Oil and Grease

No   solvent   is  known  which will directly dissolve only oil or grease,
.thus the manual "Methods for the Chemical Analysis of Water  and  Wastes
1971"  distributed  by  the  Environmental Protection Agency states that
their  method  for   oil   and  -grease  determinations  includes  the  freon
extractable matter from waters.

In   the petroleum  refining industry, oils, greases, various other hydro-
carbons and some inorganic compounds  will  be  included  in  the  freon
extraction procedure.   The majority of material removed by the procedv
in   a  refinery waste water will, in most instances, be of Na hydrocarl
nature.    These  hydrocarbons,  predominately  oil   and   grease
compounds,  will   make  their  presence  felt  in the COD, TOC, TOD, and
usually the BOD tests where high test values will  result.   The  oxygen
demand potential  of   these  freon  extractables  is  only  one  of the
detrimental effects  exerted on water bodies by this class of  compounds.
The  water insoluble hydrocarbons and free floating emulsified oils in a
waste  water will   affect  stream  ecology  by  interfering  with  oxygen
transfer,  by damaging  the plumage and coats of water animals and fowls,
and  by contributing  taste and toxicity  problems.   The  effect  of  oil
spills upon  boats and  shorelines and their production of oil slicks and
iridescence upon the surface of waters is well known.  The average freon
extractable material recorded by a refinery survey for  effluent  waters
from  the  refineries ranged from a maximum of 37 mg/1 to a minimum of U.
mg/1.

Grease is  defined  in "Webster's Third New International Dictionary" as a
thick  lubricant.   The class of refinery products known  as  greases  are
usually  included  in the freon extractable portions of a water analysis.
Some thick heavy petroleum products coat the  silt  and  sediment  of  a
stream bottom samples which have been contaminated by oily products over
a  long  period.   An   infrared  scan  of such an extract done on bottom
                                 84

-------
sediments from the New York Harbor area compares closely to a typical  90
w automative grease.  Such bottom contamination can,   of  course,   exert
  fluence upon the aquatic life of a stream,  estuary,  bay or other water
  dy.   Typical  oil  and grease concentrations for each subcategory are
 isted below:

                         Freon Extractables as Oil and Grease
           Subcategory           RWL Range, mg/1

           Topping                  10 -50
           Low Cracking             15 - 150
           High Cracking            30 - 300
           Petrochemical            20 - 250
           Lube                     40 - 400
           Integrated               20 - 500

    Ammonia as Nitrogen

Ammonia is commonly found in overhead condensates from distillation  and
cracking  and from desalting.  It is usually found combined with sulfide
as an ammonium sulfide salt.  The presence  of  even  small  amounts  of
ammonia  in surface waters contributes to eutrophication - the growth of
algae.  Large growths of  algae  are  unsightly,  often  interfere  with
swimming  and  boating,  impart tastes and odors to water, and when they
die in the early fall add a substantial  organic  load  to  the  stream.
Ammonia  may  exert a toxic effect on aquatic life which is usually more
pronounced at a high pH value.

  ;monia nitrogen is also the nitrogen and energy source for  autotrophic
  ganisms  (nitrifiers).   The  oxidation of ammonia to nitrite and then
nitrate has a stoichiometric oxygen  requirement  of  approximately  4.6
times  the  concentration  of NH3-N.  The nitrification reaction is much
slower than the  carbonaceous  reaction  and  therefore,  the  dissolved
oxygen utilization is observed over a much longer period.

Typcial   ammonia   as   nitrogen  raw  waste  concentrations  for  each
subcategory are listed below:

                     Subcategory         NH3  - N RWL Range, mg/1

                       Topping              0.05 - 20
                       Low Cracking         0.5  - 200
                       High Cracking           2 - 200
                       Petrochemical           4-300
                       Lube                    1 «• 120
                       Integrated              1-250

    Phenolic Compounds
                                8'5

-------
Catalytic  cracking,  crude  distillation,  and  product  finishing ^ and
treating,  are  the  major  sources  of  phenolic  compounds.  Catalytic
cracking produces phenols by the decomposition of multi-cyclicaromaticj^
such as anthracene and phenanthrene.   Some  solvent  refining  process^B
use  phenol  as  a  solvent  and  although  it  is  salvaged by recovery
processes, losses are inevitable.

Phenols  in  waste  water  present  two  major  problems:   1)   at  high
concentrations,  phenols  act  as  bactericides,  and  2)  at  very  low
concentrations, when disinfected with chlorine, chlorophenols are formed
producing taste and odor.  Past experience has indicated that biological
treatment systems may be acclimated to phenol concentrations of 300 mg/1
or more.  However, protection of a biological treatment  system  against
slug loads of phenol should be given careful consideration.

Typical  phenolic  raw  waste  concentrations  for  each subcategory are
listed below:

                      Subcategory        Phenolics, RWL Range, mg/1

                      Topping                    0-200
                      Low Cracking               0-20
                      High Cracking              0-100
                      Petroleum                  0.5-50
                      Lube                       0.1-25
                      Integrated                 0.5-50
                                            i

    sul fides

In the petroleum refining industry, major sources of sulfide wastes
crude  desalting,  crude  distillation and  cracking processes,  sulfides
cause corrosion, impair product quality, and shorten the useful  catlyst
life.    They  are removed by caustic, diethanciamine, water or steam, or
appear as sour condensate waters in these initial processing operations.
Hydrotreating processes can be used to remove sulfides in the feedstock.
Most removed and recovered sulfide is burned to produce  sulfuric acid or
elemental sulfur.

When present in water, soluble sulfide salts can reduce  pH;  react  with
iron  and other metals to cause black precipitates; cause odor problems;
and can  be toxic to aquatic life.  The toxicity of solutions of sulfides
to fish  increases as the pH value is lowered.  Sulfides  also  chemically
react with dissolved oxygen present in water, thereby lowering dissolved
oxygen  levels.


Typical  sulfide raw waste concentrations  for each subcategory are listed
below:
                                 86

-------
          Subcategory              Sulfide, RWL Range,  mg/1

      Topping                            0-5
      Low Cracking                       0-400
      High Cracking                      0-20
      Petroleum                          0-200
      Lube                               0-40
      Integrated                         0-60

    Total Chromium

Chromium  may  exist  in  water  supplies  in  both  the  hexavalent and
trivalent state.  Chromium salts  are  used  extensively  in  industrial
processes  and  chromate compounds are frequently added to cooling water
for corrosion control.  The toxicity of chromium  salts  toward  aquatic
life varies widely with the species, temperature, pH, concentration, and
synergistic   or  antagonisitc  effects  of  other  water  constituents,
especially hardness.

It appears that about 1 mg/1 of chromium is toxic to fish  life  in  any
water.   A limit of .05 mg/1 for hexavalent chromium is set by the USPHS
Drinking Water Standards  of  1962.   A  survey  of  refinery  effluents
sampled  across  the  U.S.  produced chromium values ranging from .02 to
1.45 mg/1.  The median figure found for chromium in  the  effluents  was
.26 mg/1.

    Hexavalent Chromium

     hexavalent  chromium  content  of potable water supplies within the
U.S. has been reported to vary between 3 to 40 micrograms per liter.  In
the +6 oxidation state; chromium is usually combined with oxygen in  the
form  of  the  oxide,  chromium  trioxide Cr03 or the Oxyanions chromate
Cr04= and dichromate Cr207.  Chromates will generally be  present  in  a
refinery  waste  stream  when  they  are used as corrosion inhibitors in
cooling water.

    Zinc

Zinc is an essential and beneficial element in human metabolism when its
intake to an organism is limited.  At higher amounts zinc  can  lead  to
gastrointestinal  irritation  and  large  amounts of the metal have been
reported to upset trickling filter and activated sludge waste  treatment
processes.

Zinc  may  also  affect  toxicity  of  an  effluent  water  through  its
synergistic effects on other ions present,  although  research  on  such
effects have been limited,  zinc's reported toxicity to fish varies from
about  .1 to 1.0 mg/1.  Calcium content of the water is said to directly
affect this toxicity.
                                  87

-------
Zinc compounds can be used as corrosion inhibitors  for  cooling  water.
In  addition, zinc is produced in the combustion of fossil fuels and ma;
find its way into refining waters by leaching processes.

A survey of effluents from petroleum refineries across the U.S.  reports
zinc  concentrations  of  .04  to 1.84 mg/1 in the effluent waters.  The
median concentration of zinc found in the effluents was .16 mg/1.  -

    Other Pollutants

Other pollutants which were examined in this  study  of  refining  waste
water  practices included:  total dissolved solids, cyanide, pH  (acidity
and alkalinity), temperature, various metallic ions, chloride,  fluoride
and phosphates.

It   was  determined  that  these  parameters  are  generally  found  in
refineries in small enough amounts as not to warrant accross  the  board
treatment.  Restrictions on these parameters may be required as a result
of water quality requirements.

    TDS

Dissolved  solids in refinery waste waters consist mainly of carbonates,
chlorides, and sulfates.  U.S.  Public  Health  Service  Drinking  Water
Standards for total dissolved solids are set at 500 mg/L on the basis of
taste  thresholds.   Many  communities  in  the  United states use water
containing from 2,000 to 4,000 mg/1 of dissolved  solids.   Such  waters
are  not  palatable  and  may  have a laxative effect on certain peopl
However, the geographic location and
-------
U.S.-  Public Health service Drinking Water standards set a cyanide value
of 0.01 mg/L of CN-.  Cyanides,  although toxic at  high  concentrations,
     deteriorate by bacterial action at lower concentrations.
Cyanide raw waste load data for the refining industry show median values
of 0.0 - 0.18 mg/L for the six subcategories.  Only occasionally are any
values  found  above  1.0  mg/1.   At  these  concentration  ranges,  no
inhibition is expected in biological  waste  facilities.    Consequently,
the  values  are  such  that  specific  limitations  are  not  required.
Cyanides are on the EPA toxic materials list and  limitations  based  on
health effects will be made available at a later date.

    pH  (Acidity and Alkalinity)

The  acidity  of  a  waste  is  a  measure  of the quantity of compounds
contained therein which  will  dissociate  in  an  aqueous  solution  to
produce  hydrogen  ions.  Acidity in petroleum refining waste waters can
be contributed by both  organic  and  inorganic  compound  dissociation.
Most  mineral  acids  found in waste waters  (sulfuric acid, hydrochloric
acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid) are  typically  strong  acids.   The
most  common  weaker  acids  found  include  the  organic  acids such as
carboxyl and carbonic.

Compounds which contribute to alkalinity in waste waters are those which
dissociate in aqueous solutions to produce hydroxyl ions.  Alkalinity is
often defined as the acid-consuming ability of the waste  water  and  is
measured  by  titrating a given volume of waste with standard acid until
    of the alkaline material has reacted  to  form  salts.   In  effect,
_ talinity is the exact opposite of acidity; high alkalinities lower the
hydrogen ion concentration of a solution and raise its pH.

Most  refinery  waste waters are alkaline due to the presence of ammonia
and the use of caustic for sulfur removal.  Cracking  (both  thermal  and
catalytic)  and crude distillation are the principal sources of alkaline
discharges.  Alkylation and polymerization utilize  acids  as  catalysts
and produce severe acidity problems.

Extreme pH values are to be avoided because of effects on emulsification
of  oil,  corrosion, precipitation/^ volatilization of sulfides and other
gases, etc.  In streams and water courses, extreme pH levels accentuates
the adverse effects of other pollutants  as  well  as  causing  toxicity
itself.

The  hydrogen ion concentration in an aqueous solution is represented by
the pH of that solution.  The  pH is defined as the negative logarithm of
the hydrogen ion concentration in a solution.  The pH scale ranges  from
zero  to  fourteen, with a pH  of seven, representing neutral conditions,
i.e., equal concentrations of  hydrogen and hydroxyl ions.  Values of  pH
less  than  seven  indicate  increasing  hydrogen  ion   concentration or
acidity; pH values  greater  than  seven  indicate  increasing  alkaline
                                   89

-------
conditions.    The  pH  value  is  an  effective parameter for predicting
chemical and biological properties of aqueous solutions.   It  should
emphasized  that pH cannot be used to predict the quantities of alkali
or acidic materials in a  water  sample.   However,  most  effluent  a
stream  standards  are  based on maximum and minimum allowable pH values
rather than on alkalinity and acidity.

Since pH RWL values are not additive,  it  is  not  always  possible  to
predict  the  final  pH  of  a  process  waste water made up of multiple
discharges.    In   addition,   the   individual   refinery's   discharge
characteristics  will  dictate final pH ranges, which may be kept within
the acceptable range merely by equalization, or which may  require  more
sophisticated  neutralization  facilities.   However,  it is recommended
that a pH range of 6.0 to 9.0 be established as the effluent limitation.

    Temperature

Crude  desalting,  distillation,  and  cracking  contribute  substantial
thermal wasteloads.

Effluent  heat  loads  can have adverse effects on the receiving waters.
Water temperature is important in terms of its effect on  aquatic  life,
the  use  of  water for cooling purposes, and its influence on the self-
purification processes in a stream.  Increased temperature  reduces  the
solubility   of  oxygen  in  water  and  speeds  biological  degradation
processes, thus accelerating the  demand  ,on  oxygen  resources  of  the
stream.   Both  of  these  phenomenon  reduce  the  streams assimilative
capacity for waste loads.  High temperatures have also been reported
intensify the effect of toxic substances.


    Other Metallic Ions

Several  metallic  ions in addition to chormium and zinc may be found in
refinery effluents.  The major sources for their presence in waste water
are from the crude itself and corrosion products.  The concentration  of
metallic  ions  varies  considerably dependent upon the effectiveness of
catalyst recovery in production process.  Table 23  lists  those  metals
which  may be commonly found in petroleum refinery effluents.  Dissolved
metallic ions create turbidity and  discoloration,  can  precipitate  to
form bottom sludges, and can impart taste to water.

Metallic  ions  such  as copper, and cadmium are toxic to microorganisms
because of their ability to tie  up  the  proteins  in  the  key  enzyme
systems of the microogranisms.

Chlorides:

chloride  ion  is  one of the major anions found in water and produces a
salty taste at a concentration of about 250  mg/1.   Concentrtations  of
                                 90

-------
1000*  mg/1  may  be  undetectable  in  waters  which contain appreciable
  .ounts of calcium and magnesium ions.
«:

:
  ter is invariably associated  with  naturally  occurring  hydrocarbons
underground  and  much  of  this  water  contains high amounts of sodium
chloride.  The saltiest  oil  field  waters  are  located  in  the  mid-
continent  region  of  the  country  where  the average dissolved solids
content is 174,000 ppm; therefore, waters containing high levels of salt
may be expected.

Copper chloride may  be  used  in  a  sweetening  process  and  aluminum
chloride in catalytic isomerization.  These products may also find their
ways to waste streams.

The  toxicity  of  chloride  salts will depend upon the metal with which
they are combined.  Because of the  rather  high  concentration  of  the
anion  necessary  to  initiate detrimental biological effects, the limit
set upon the concentration of the metallic ion  with  which  it  may  be
tied,  will  automatically  govern  its  concentration  in effluents, in
practically all forms except potassium, calcium, mganesium, and sodium.

Since sodium is by far the most common  (sodium 75 percent, magnesium  15
percent,  and  calcium  10  percent) the concentration of this salt will
probably govern the amount of chlorides in waste streams from  petroleum
refineries.

It  is  extremely  difficult  to  pinpoint  the  exact  amount of sodium
   «oride  salt  necessary  to  result  in  toxicity  in  waters.   Large
   centrations  have  been  proven  toxic  to  sheep,  swine,  cattle or
poultry.

In swine fed diets of swill containing  1.5  to  2.0%  salt  by  weight,
poisoning  symptoms  can be induced if water intake is limited and other
factors are met.  The time interval  necessary  to  accomplish  this  is
still about one full day of feeding at this level.

Since  problems  of  corrosion, taste and quality of water necessary for
industrial or  agricultural  purposes  occur  at  sodium  chloride  con-
centration  levels  below  those at which toxic effects are experienced,
these factors will undoubtedly determine the amount of chlorides allowed
to escape in waste streams  from  refining  operations.   The  study  of
refinery  effluents  previously mentioned, placed net chloride levels at
values ranging from 57 to 712 mg/1.  The median value was 176 mg/1.

Fluoride:  HF

Alkalation  units   (when  hydrofluoric  acid  is  used)  can  contribute
fluoride  ion  to  the plant's waste effluent.  Since calcium and barium
fluoride are insoluble in water  the  fluorides  will  by  necessity  be
associated with other cations.
                                  91

-------
                             TABLE 23

Metallic Ions Commonly Found in Effluents from Petroleum Refineries

                             Aluminum
                             Arsenic
                             Cadmium
                             Chromium
                             Cobalt
                             Copper
                             Iron
                             Lead
                             Mercury
                             Nickel
                             Vanadium
                             Zinc
                                  92

-------
In  concentrations  of  approximately  1  mg/1 in potable water supplies
          have been  found  to  be  an  effective  preventer  of  dental
            In  concentrations  greater  than this amount,  fluorides can
carree molting of tooth enamel and may be incorporated into the bones.

Natural waters can contain levels of fluorides up to 10 ppm.    if  these
waters  are to be used for potable supplies or for certain industrial or
agricultural purposes the fluoride levels must be reduced.    Since  many
municipal  waters  are  artificially fluoridated as a dental health aid,
the U.S. Public Health service has placed limits on the total amounts of
fluorides a water supply may contain.  Their recommended control  levels
depend  upon  temperature and are expressed as lower, optimum, and upper
limits.  Optimum limits range from .7 to 1.2 mg/1.  If values exceed two
times the optimum value, the supply must be  rejected  or  the  fluoride
content  lowered.   Because refinery effluents may empty into water ways
which may eventually become public  supplies,  the  maximum  permissible
limits of fluorides present in an effluent will probably be derived from
the USPHS control limits for drinking water.

Phosphate - Total

Various  forms  of  phosphates  find  their way into refinery effluents.
They range through several organic and inorganic species and are usually
contributed by corrosion control chemicals.  Plant cooling  systems  may
contain 20 to 50 mg/1 of phosphate ion.

Phosphorus  is  an  element which is essential to growth of an organism.
       at times become a growth  limiting  nutrient  in  the  biological
        of  a  water  body.  In these instances an over abundance of the
element contributed from an outside source may stimulate the  growth  of
photosynthetic  aquatic  macro and micro-organisms resulting in nuisance
problems,  since the forms of phosphorus in waters or industrial  wastes
are  so  varied,  the term total phosphate has been used to indicate all
the phosphate present in an analyzed sample regardless of  the  chemical
form.   Also,  many phosphorus compounds tend to degrade rather readily,
and in these less complex forms phosphate may be readily utilized in the
aquatic life cycle.  It is therefore reasonable to direct concern toward
the total amount of phosphorus present rather than chemical structure it
may assume, for in only very unusual cases may the form or concentration
of the element present in a waste  stream  be  toxic.   Total  phosphate
values  noted on a nationwide refinery survey were 9.49 mg/1 maximum and
.096 mg/1  minimum  for  effluents.   The  median  value  was  .68  mg/1
expressed as phosphorus.
                                 93

-------
                              SECTION VII

                    CONTROL AND TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY
Petroleum  refinery  waste  waters  vary  in  quantity  and quality from
refinery to refinery.  However, the wastes are readily  treatable.    The
results  of  the  industry  survey  indicate, as would be expected, that
techniques for in-process control are general across  the  industry  and
the  specific  application  of  these  techniques  at  individual plants
determines their success.  Local  factors  such  as  climate,   discharge
criteria,  availability of land, or other considerations may dictate the
use of different waste water treatment processes to reach an  acceptable
effluent.   The  survey  has  shown  that although the end-of-pipe waste
water treatment technologies  used  throughout  the  petroleum  refining
industry  have  a marked similarity in operational steps, a considerable
variation in treatment results exist.  The processes used  for  treating
refinery  waste  water,  however,  are similar in purpose; namely—maxi-
mizing oil recovery and minimizing the discharge  of  other  pollutants.
The   wastewater  treatment  technology  described  below  is  generally
applicable across all industry subcategories.

In-Plant Control/Treatment Techniques

In-plant practices are the sole determinant of the amount of waste water
to be treated.  There are two types of in-plant  practices  that  reduce
  «DW  to  the treatment plant.  First, reuse practices involving the use
   water from one process in another process.   Examples  of  this  are:
  ing  stripper  bottoms  for  makeup to crude desalters; using blowdown
from high pressure boilers as feed to low pressure  boilers;  and  using
treated  effluent  as  makeup water whereever possible,  second, recycle
systems that use water more than once for the same purpose.  Examples of
recycle systems are:  the use of steam condensate as  boiler  feedwater;
and  cooling  towers.   The  reduction  or elimination of a waste stream
allows  the  end-of-pipe  processes  to  be  smaller,   provide   better
treatment,  and  be  less  expensive.   Since  no  treatment process can
achieve 100  percent  pollutant  removal  from  the  individual  stream,
reduction in flow allows for a smaller pollutant discharge.

    Housekeeping

In  addition to reuse/recycle of water streams and reduction in flows by
other in-plant techniques, another effective in-plant  control  is  good
housekeeping.   Examples of good housekeeping practices are:  minimizing
waste when sampling product lines; using vacuum trucks or  dry  cleaning
methods  to clean up any oil spills; using a good maintenance program to
keep the refinery as leakproof as possible;  and  individually  treating
waste  streams  with  special  characteristics,  such  as spent cleaning
solutions.
                                  95

-------
The use of dry cleaning,  without  chemicals,  aids  in  reducing ,water
discharges  to  the  sewer.   Using vacuum trucks to clean up spills and
charging of this recovered material  to  slop  oil  tanks,  reduces
discharge  of both oil and water to the waste water system.  The o
also be recovered for reprocessing.  Process units should be  curbed  to
prevent  the  contamination of clean areas with oily storm runoff and to
prevent spills from spreading widely.  Prompt  cleanup  of  spills  will
also  aid  in  reducing  discharges to the sewer systems.  Additionally,
sewers should be flushed regularly to prevent the buildup of material in
the sewer, eliminating sudden surges of pollutants during  heavy  rains.
Collection  vessels  should  also  be  provided  whenever maintenance is
performed on liquid processing units, to prevent  accidental  discharges
to the sewers.

Operations during turnaround present special problems.  Wastes generated
by  cleaning  tanks  and  equipment  should  be  collected,  rather than
draining directly to the sewer.  The wastes  from  these  holding  tanks
should  be  gradually  bled  to  the  sewer,  after first pretreating as
necessary to eliminate deleterious effects on the waste water  treatment
system.   An  alternative  method  of  disposal  is  through  the use of
contract carriers.

while these are not all the  examples  of  good  housekeeping  practices
which  can  be  cited  for  refinery  operations,  it  is  evident  that
housekeeping practices within a refinery can have substantial impact  on
the  loads discharge to the waste treatment  facilities.  The application
of good housekeeping practices to reduce waste loads requires  judicious
planning, organization and operational philosophy.

    Process Technology

Many  of  the  newer  petroleum refining processes are being designed or
modified with reduction of water  use  and   subsequent  minimization  of
contamination as design criteria; although no major innovations in basic
refining technology are anticipated.  Improvements which can be expected
to  be  implemented  in  existing refineries are: primarily dedicated to
better control of refinery processes and other  operations;  elimination
of   marginal   processing  operations,  and specific  substitution  of
processes and/or cooling techniques to reduce discharge loads  to  waste
treatment  facilities.   Examples  of  the possible changes which may be
implemented include:

    1.   Substitution of improved catalysts  which have higher activity
         and longer life,  consequently requiring less regeneration and
         resulting in lower waste water loads.

    2.   Replacement of barometric condensers with surface condensers
         or air fan coolers, reducing a major oil-water emulsion source.
         As an alternative, several refineries are using oily water
         cooling tower  systems, with the barometric condensers, equipped
                                   96

-------
         with oil separation/emulsion breaking auxiliary equipment.

    3.   Substitution of air fan coolers to relieve water cooling duties
         simultaneously reduces blowdown discharges.

    4.   Installation of hydrocracking and hydrotreating processes will
         allow generation of lower waste loadings than the units they
         replace.  The rapid pace at which such units are being
         installed is exerting and will continue to exert a strong
         influence on the reduction of waste loadings, particularly
         sulfides and spent caustics.

    5.   Installation of automatic monitoring instrumentation, such as
         TOC monitors, will allow early detection of process upsets
         which result in excessive discharges to sewers.

    6.   Increased use of improved drying, sweetening, and finishing
         procedures will minimize spent caustics and acids, water
         washes, and filter solids requiring disposal.

    Cooling Towers

Cooling towers eliminate large volumes of once through cooling water  by
passing  heated water through heat exchange equipment.  By recycling the
cooling water many times, the amount of water used is  greatly  reduced.
The  number  of  times  cooling water can be reused is determined by the
total dissolved solids  (TDS) content of the water, and the effects  high
 issolved  solids  have  on process equipment,  when the TDS becomes too
  gh, scaling occurs and heat transfer efficiency  decreases.   The  TDS
 evel in the circulating water is controlled by discharging a portion of
the  steam  (blowdown)  from  the  system.  The higher the allowable TDS
level, the greater number of cycles of concentration and the less  make-
up  water  is required  (87).  Installation of cooling towers will reduce
the amount of water used within the refinery  by  at  least  90  percent
(87).

There  are three types of cooling towers  (106); wet or evaporative, dry,
and combined "wet-dry."

    Evaporative cooling Systems

Evaporative cooling systems transport heat by  transfer  of  the  latent
heat  of vaporization.  This results in a temperature decrease of circu-
lating water and a temperature and humidity increase of cooling air.

Spray ponds are an evaporative cooling system using natural air currents
and forced water movement.  Because of their inefficiency,  spray  ponds
are  used  less  in industry than cooling towers.  Cooling towers have a
higher efficiency because they provide more intimate contact between the
air and water.  As the water falls over the packing, it exposes a  large
                                  97

-------
contact surface area.  As the water heats up the air, the air can absorb
more  water.   The  more  water evaporated, the more heat is transferred
(106).  Because an evaporative cooling tower  is  dependent  on  ambie
temperatures  and  humidity,  its performance is variable throughout t'
year.   There are three types of evaporative cooling towers:   mecahnical
draft  towers;  atmospheric  towers,  which  use.  wind  or  natural  air
currents; and natural draft towers, which use tall stacks to move air by
stack effect.  Most refineries use mechanical draft towers,  which  have
baffles,  called drift eliminators, to separate entrained water from the
air stream, thus reducing the amount of water carried into the air.  The
evaporative system is the least costly of all cooling towers.

    Dry Cooling Systems

There are two types of dry air cooling systems.  Either  system  can  be
used  with  either  mechanical  or  natural  draft cooling towers.  Most
refineries use mechanical draft towers on indirect  condensing  systems.
The  tubes  used  in  dry cooling equipment have circumferential fins to
increase the heat transfer area.  Most tube designs have an  outside  to
inside  surface  area  ratio of 20:1.  (106) The advantage of the dry air
system is that it requires  no  makeup  water  and  there  is  no  water
entrainment.   Dry  air  cooling  systems are being increasingly used to
reduce the amount of water  discharged  to  the  waste  water  treatment
plant.   A  disadvantage  of  the dry cooling process is that it has low
rates of heat transfer requiring large amounts of  land  and  uses  more
power  than  other  cooling systems.  The dry cooling tower is also more
expensive to ins'tall than evaporative systems.

    Wet"Dry Systems

The wet-dry systems use an evaporative and non-evaporative cooling tower
in either series or parallel, each of  which  can  be  operated  with  a
mechanical   or   natural  draft  tower.   The  series  design  has  the
evaporative cooling process preceeding the dry process with  respect  to
the  air  flow.  This lowers the temperature of the air entering the dry
process which would mean a smaller unit could be used.  The problem with
this method is that  solids are deposited in the dry tower due  to  drift
from  the  wet  section.   The parallel process uses a dry cooling tower
upstream of the wet  section, each of which has its own air supply.   The
two air streams are mixed and discharged, reducing the vapor plume.

    Recycle/Reuse Practices

Recycle/reuse can be accomplished either by return of the waste water to
its original use, or by using it to satisfy a lower quality demand.  The
recycle/reuse  practices  within  the  refining  industry  are extremely
varied and only a few examples are described briefly below:

    1.   Reduction of once-through cooling water results in tremendously
         decreased total effluents.
                                 98

-------
    2.   Sour water stripper bottoms are being used in several
         refineries as make-up water for crude desalter operations.
         These sour water bottoms are initially recovered
         from overhead accumulators on the catalytic cracking units.

    3.   Regeneration of contact process steam from contaminated
         condensate will reduce the contact process waste water to a
         small amount of blowdown.  This scheme can be used to regener-
         ate steam in distillation towers or dilution steam stripping
         in pyrolysis furnaces.

    4.   Reuse of waste water treatment plant effluent as cooling water,
         as scrubber water, or as plant make-up water, reduces total
         make-up requirements.

    5.   Cooling tower blowdowns are frequently reused as seal water
         on high temperature pump service, where mechanical seals are
         not practicable.

    6.   Storm water retention ponds are frequently used as a source  of
         fire water or other low quality service waters.

Many' other conservation methods can be implemented, such as the  use   of
stripped  sour  water as low pressure (LP) boiler make-up, and LP boiler
blowdown as irake-up water for crude desalting.  However, these, and  the
other  possible  recycle/reuse  cases outlined above must be examined by
;       individual    refinery    in    light     of     its     possible
   antages/disadvantages, insofar as product quality or refining process
  ^abilities  are affected.  For example, one refinery has reported that
reuse of sour  water  stripper  bottoms  for  desalting  resulted  in  a
desalted crude which was difficult to process downstream.

    At-Source Pretreatment

Major   at-source   pretreatment   processes  which  are  applicable  to
individual process effluents or groups of effluents  within  a  refinery
are  stripping  of  sour  waters,  neutralization and oxidation of spent
caustics,  ballast  water  separation,  and  slop  oil  recovery.    The
particular areas of application of these processes are discussed below.

         Sour Water Stripping

Sour  or  acid waters are produced in a refinery when steam is used as a
stripping medium  in  the  various  cracking  processes.   The  hydrogen
sulfide, ammonia and phenols distribute themselves between the water and
hydrocarbon  phases  in  the  condensate.   The  concentrations of these
pollutatns in the water vary  widely  depending  on  crude  sources  and
processing involved.
                                 99

-------
 The   purpose   of   the   treatment of  sour water  is to remove sulfides  (as
fhydrogen  sulfide,  ammonium  sulfide,  and polysulfides) before  the  waste
 enters  the   sewer.    The   sour water  can be treated by:   stripping
 steam or   flue gas;   air   oxidation  to  convert  hydrogen
 thiosulfates;  or vaporization  and  incineration.

 Sour  water strippers  are designed primarily for the removal of  sulfides
 and can be expected to achieve 85-99 percent removal.  If  acid  is   not
 required   to   enhance   sulfide stripping,  ammonia will also be  stripped
 with  the  percentage varying widely with stripping  temperature   and   pH.
 If  acid   is   added  to the waste  water, essentially none  of the ammonia
 will  be removed.   Thus, ammonia removals in sour  water  strippers  vary
 from  0 to 99  percent.   Depending upon  such  conditions as waste water  pH,
 temperature,   and  contaminant  partial  pressure; phenols and cyanides  can
 also  be stripped with  removal  as high  as 30 percent.  The  bottoms  from
 the   stripper  usually  go  to  the  desalter  where most of the phenols  are
 extracted and the  waste water  can  be sent to the regular   process  water
 treating   plant.   COD and  BOD5 are  reduced because of the stripping  out
 of phenol and oxidizable sulfur compounds.

 The heated sour water  is stripped  with steam or flue  gas  in  a single
 stage packed  or  plate-type  column.   Two-stage  units  are also being
 installed to  enhance   the  separate  recovery   of  sulfide streams   and
 ammonia   streams.  Hydrogen sulfide  released from the waste water can be
 recovered as  sulfuric  acid  or  sulfur,  or may be burned  in  a   furnace.
 The   bottoms  have  a low enough sulfide concentration to permit discharge
 into  the  general waste water system  for biological  treatment.   If   the
 waste contains ammonia,   it  is  neutralized  with  acid before
 stripping. The waste  liquid passes  down the stripping column while
 stripping gas passes upward.  Most refiners now incinerate th sour
 stripper   acid gases  without  refluxing the stripper.  This converts  the
 ammonia to nitrogen with possibly  traces of nitrogen oxides.  Due to  the
 high  concentrations of sulfur  dioxide  produced  more  complex  processing
 will  probably be required in the future.

 Several   stripping processes  are  available.  These include:   Chevron
 WWT;  ammonium sulfate  production;  a  dual burner Claus sulfur plant;   and
 the   Howe-Baker ammonex process.  Deep well injection and oxidation to
 the thiosulfate are also being used, but in the future probably  won't do
 a good enough job.

 The Chevron WWT process (37)   is   basically two  stage  stripping  with
 ammonia   pruification,  so   that   the  hydrogen sulfide and ammonia  are
 separated. The hydrogen sulfide would go to a  conventional Claus sulfur
 plant and the ammonia  can be used  as fertilizer.

 Ammonium  sulfate can be produced by  treating with sulfuric acid but  a
 very  dilute   solution  is   produced  and   concentrating   it for sale as
 fertilizer is expensive.   Again  the  hydrogen   sulfide goes to    a
 conventional  Claus sulfur plant.
                                  100

-------
 A  dual  burner  Claus  sulfur  process  is  generally the answer in new
 plants, but adding the second burner to  an  existing  sulfur  plant  is
^difficult.   The  second  burner  is  required to handle the ammonia.  A
»efluxed stripper is required to reduce the water vapor in the  hydrogen
^sulfide-ammonia  mixture and the line between the stripper and the Claus
 Unit must be kept at about 150°F to prevent  precipitation  of  ammonium
 sulfide complexes.

 Howe-Baker  Engineers  Inc.  of Tyler, Texas have developed to the pilot
 plant stage a process they call "Ammonex".   It is a  solvent  extraction
 process  that  basically  is  intended  to complete with the Chevron WWT
 process.  No commercial units have been built.

 Another  way  of  treating  sour  water  is  to  oxidize  by   aeration.
 Compressed  air  is injected into the waste followed by sufficient steam
 to raise the reaction temperature to at least 190°F.  Reaction  pressure
 of  50-100  psig  is  required.  Oxidation proceeds rapidly and converts
 practically all the sulfides to thiosulfates and about 10 percent of the
 thiosulfates  to  sulfates.   Air  oxidation,  however,  is  much   less
 effective  than stripping in regard to reduction of the oxygen demand of
 sour waters, since the remaining thiosulfates can later be  oxidized  to
 sulfates by aquatic microorganisms.


 The  stripping  of sour water is normally carried out to remove sulfides
 and hence, the effluent may contain  50-100  ppm  of  ammonia,  or  even
 considerably  higher,  depending  on the influent ammonia concentration.
 Values of ammonia have been reported as low as 1 ppm, but generally  the
  ffluent  ammonia  concentration  is  held  to  approximately  50 ppm to
  rovide nutrient nitrogen for the refinery  biological  waste  treatment
 system  (2,14,33,58) .

          Spent Caustic Treatment
   v
•
 Caustic  solutions  are  widely  used  in  refining. Typical uses are to
 neutralize and extract:

     a.   Acidic materials that may occur naturally in crude oil.
     b.   Acidic reaction  products  that  may  be  produced  by  various
          chemical treating processes.
     c.   Acidic materials formed during thermal and  catalytic  cracking
          such as hydrogen sulfide, phenolics, and organic acids.

 Spent  caustic  solutions  may  therefore  contain sulfides, mercaptides
 sulfates,  sulfonates,  phenolates,  naphthenates,  and  other   similar
 organic and inorganic compounds.

 At  least  four  companies  process  these  spent caustics to market the
 phenolics and the sodium hyposulfide.  However, the  market  is  limited
                                   101

-------
and  most  of the spent caustics are very dilute so the cost of shipping
the water makes this operation uneconomical.
Some refiners neutralize the caustic  with  spent  sulfuric  from
refining  processes,  and  charge  it  to the sour water stripper.
removes the hydrogen sulfide.  The bottoms from the sour water  stripper
go to the desalter where the phenolics are extracted by the crude oil.

Spent  caustics usually originate as batch dumps, and the batches may be
combined and equalized before being treated  and/or  discharged  to  the
general  refinery  waste  waters.   Spent  caustic solutions can also be
treated by neutralization with flue gas.   In  the  treatment  of  spent
caustic  solutions  by flue gas, hydroxides are converted to carbonates.
Sulfides, mercaptides, phenolates, and other basic salts  are  converted
by the flue gas stripping.  Phenols can be removed and used as a fuel or
can  be  sold.  Hydrogen sulfide and mercaptans are usually stripped and
burned in a heater.  Some sulfur is recovered from stripper gases.   The
treated   solution   will  contain  mixtures  of  carbonates,  sulfates,
sulfites, thiosulfates and some phenolic compounds.   Reaction  time  of
16-21  hours is required for the neutralization of caustic solution with
flue gas.

The oxidation phase of spent caustic treatment is aimed at  the  sulfide
content  of these wastes and achieves 85-99 percent sulfide removal.  In
this process, sulfides are oxidized primarily to  thiosulfates  although
in some variations there is partial oxidation of the sulfur compounds to
sulfate.   Oxidation  processes are not applied to phenolic caustics, as
phenols inhibit oxidation.  It should  be  noted  that  those  process*
which  oxidize  the  sulfide  only  to  thiosulfate, satisfy half of
oxygen demand of the sulfur, as thiosulfate can be oxidized biological^
to sulfate.   Neutralization  of  spent  caustics  is  applied  to  both
phenolic  and  sulfidic  caustic streams; the sulfidic caustics are also
steam stripped, after neutralization,  to  remove  the  sulfides.   When
phenolic  spent  caustics  are  neutralized,  crude  acid oils or "crude
carbolates" are sprung and thus removed from the waste water.  The major
part of the phenols will appear in the oil fraction, but  a  significant
part may remain in the waste water as phenolates.

Fluid  bed  incineration  is  also  now  being  used.   This process was
developed under an EPA demonstration grant  (26) and at least  two  large
units  are  under construction.  Once the incinerator is started up, the
sludge should provide the necessary heating value  to  keep  the  system
operating.  Oxidizing fuels may be required when the sludge is burnt, as
ash  remains  in  the  bed  of the incinerator.  A constant bed level is
maintained, so the sand bed originally in the incinerator  is  gradually
replaced  by  the  inert  sludge  ash   (5) .   The  gasses pass through  a
scrubber, so the fines and particulate matter can be recovered.  The ash
and fines can be landfilled.  This landfill is  cleaner  than  a  sludge
landfill,  because there are no organic materials present to contaminate
ground water or run-off.
                                 102

-------
In the past ocean dumping, deep well injection,  evaporative lagoons, and
  mple dilution have all been used.  These methods  will  no  longer  be
    Sewer System Segregation

Waste water quantity is one of the major factors that affect the cost of
waste  treatment facilities most directly.  Water usage in the petroleum
refining industry varies from less than 5 gallons of water per barrel of
crude charge in the newer refineries to  higher  than  1000  gallons  of
water  per  barrel of crude charge in the older refineries.  In order to
provide efficient treatment to the wastes originating within a refinery,
it is very important that segregation of concentrated waste  streams  be
considered.   Segregation  of  waste streams frequently simplifies waste
treating problems as well as reduces treatment  facility  costs.   Thus,
treatment  of  highly  polluted  waste streams at the source can prevent
gross pollution of large volumes of relatively clean waste water.   Such
treatment is often a more economical solution of a problem than would be
possible  if  wastes  are  discharged  directly  to the refinery sewers.
Treatment at the source is also helpful in recovering  by-products  from
the  wastes which otherwise could not be economically recovered when the
wastes are combined.

In areas where water supply is limited, reduced water requirements  have
been  'incorporated into the design and operation, thereby reducing total
water usage.

   minimize the size of  the  waste  water  treatment  processes  it  is
     ative  polluted  water  only be treated.  This can be guaranteed by
segregating the various sewer systems.  There should be a sewer carrying
process and blowdown waters that are treated continuously.   A  polluted
storm  water  sewer  should  go  to  a storage area from which it can be
gradually discharged  to  the  treatment  facilities.   A  sewer  system
containing clean storm water can be discharged directly to the receiving
water.   The  sanitary  system  should  be  treated  separately from the
process water because of the bacteria  present  in  this  stream.   Once
through  cooling  water  should  be  kept  separate because of the large
volumes of water involved and the low  waste  loadings  encountered.   A
connection  to  the  treatment  plant  should be provided in case of oil
leaks into the system.

    Storm Water Runoff

An additional source of pollution from  a  petroleum  refinery  area  is
caused by rainfall runoff.  Size and age of refinery site, housekeeping,
drainage  areas,  and frequency and intensity of rainfall are several of
the factors which  compound  the  assignment  of  allowable  pollutional
values.
                                  103

-------
There  are  several measures that refiners can provide to minimize storm
water loads to their treatment system  after  diverting  all  extraneou
drainage  around  the  refinery  area.   The  major  consideration  is
separate storm water sewer and holding system.

By providing separate collection  facilities  for  storm  water  runoff,
protection  is  afforded  the  operation  of the separator and ancillary
treatment systems by controlling  the  hydraulic  load  to  be  treated.
Comingling  of  inorganic  particles  with  oily waste water often times
produces an emulsion which  is  difficult  to  break  in  the  oil-water
separator.

Design of this facility should be based on the maximum ten-year, twenty-
four-hour  rainfall  runoff of the refinery drainage area.  Diversion of
the collected storm water runoff to the oil-water  separator  facilities
can  be  provided  when hydraulic flows return to normal operations.  In
the event of  excessive  collection  due  to  a  high  intensity  storm,
diversion  facilities  should  be provided to allow for emergency bypass
capability to divert the trailing edge of  the  runoff  hydrograph   (the
leading  edge  normally contained the mass of pollutants in urban runoff
investigations).  An oil retention baffle and an API type overflow  weir
should be provided to prevent the discharge of free and floating oil.

An  alternate  to  the separate sewer system would be the provision of a
storm surge pond that would receive the polluted waters when the flow to
the oil-water separator exceeded 15  percent  of  the  normal  hydraulic
flow.   During  normal periods, the collected storm water-refinery
could then be diverted to the oil-water separator  (provided process
did not equal or exceed the units hydraulic capacity) .

The major cause of pollution by  storm  water  runoff  is  the  lack  of
housekeeping  within  the refinery confine.  Proper procedures should be
encouraged to prevent the accumulation of materials which contribute  to
pollution  due  to  rainfall runoff.  Some of the more common preventive
measures are:   (1) Provide curbing around process unit pads; (2) Prevent
product sample drainage to sewers;  (3) Repair pumps and pipes to prevent
oily  losses  to  the  surface  areas;   (4)  Contain  spilled  oil  from
turnarounds;    (5)   Dike   crude  and  product  tank  areas  and  valve
precipitation to the storm water sewer.

In the event the collected water needs to be  released  from  the  storm
water  detention  pond  due  to overflow, samples of the water should be
monitored for;  (1) Sheen,  (2) Organic analysis such as COD, TOC, or TOD.

    Ballast water Separation

Ballast water normally is not discharged directly to the refinery  sewer
system because the intermittent high-volume discharges.  The potentially
high  oil concentrations, would upset the refinery waste water treatment
facilities.   Ballast  waters  may  also  be  treated  separately,  with
                                    104

-------
heating,  settling,  and  at  times  filtration as the major steps„  The
settling tank can also be provided with a steam  coil  for  heating  the
t^^  contents  to  help  break  emulsions,  and  an air coil to provide
apHation,,  The recovered oil, which may be considerable^  is  generally
sent to the slop oil system.,

    Slop Oil Treatment

Separator  skimmings,  which  are  generally  referred  to  as slop oil,
require treatment before they can be reused,  because  they  contain  an
excess  amount of solids and water„  Solids and water contents in excess
of about 1 percent generally interfere with processing.,

In most cases slop oils are easily treated by heating to 190°F for 12 to
14 hourso  At the end of settling, three definite layers exists   a  top
layer  of  clean oil; a middle layer of secondary emulsion; and a bottom
layer of water containing soluble components, suspended solids, and oilo
In some cases, it is advantageous or  even  necessary  to  use  acid  or
specific  chemical  demulsifiers to break slop oil emulsions.,  The water
layer resulting from acid and heat treatment has high BOD and  COD,  but
also low pH, and must be treated before it can be discharged.,

Slop  oil  can  also  be  successfully  treated  by centrifugation or
precoat filtration using diatomaceous earth as the precoato


    Gravity Separation of Oil
        separators remove a majority of the free oil found  in  refinery
waste  waterso  Because of the large amounts of reprocessable oils which
can be  recovered  in  the  gravity  separators,  these  units  must  be
considered an integral part of the refinery processing operation and not
a  waste  water  treatment  process„   The  functioning  of gravity°type
separators depends upon the difference in specific gravity  of  oil  and
watero   The  gravity-type  separator  will  not  separate substances in
solution, nor will it break emulsions.,  The effectiveness of a separator
depends upon the temperature of the water, the density and size  of  the
oil globules, and the amounts of characteristics of the suspended matter
present  in  the  waste water.,  The msusceptibility to separation80 (STS)
test is normally used as a  guide  to  determine  what  portion  of  the
influent to a separator is amenable to gravity separation.,

The  API separator is the most widely used gravity separator.,  The basic
design is a long rectangular basin, with enough detention time for  most
of  the oil to float to the surface and be removed.,  Most API separators
are divided into more than one bay to maintain laminar flow  within  the
separator,  making  the  separator  more  effective,,  API separators are
usually equipped with scrapers to move the oil to the downstream end  of
the separator where the oil is collected in a slotted pipe or on a drum.,
On  their  return  to  the  upstream  end, the scrapers travel along the
                                105

-------
bottom moving the solids to  a  collection  trough.    Any  sludge  which
settles  can  be  dewatered  and  either  incinerated  or disposed of as
landfill.

The gravity separator usually consists of a pre-separator (grit chamber)
and a main  separator,  usually  rectangular  in  shape,   provided  with
influent  and  effluent  flow distribution and stilling devices and with
oil skimming and sludge collection equipment.   It is essential that  the
velocity  distribution  of  the  approach flow be as uniform as possible
before reaching the inlet distribution baffle.

Another type of separator finding increasing employment in refineries is
the parallel plate
-------
The incorporation of solids removal ahead of biological treatment is not
as important as it is in treating municipal waste waters,,
    of the initial criteria used to  screen  refineries  for  the  field
survey,  was degree of treatment provided by their waste water treatment
facilities.  Therefore, the selection of  plants  was  not  based  on  a
cross-section  of the entire industry, but rather was biased in favor of
those segments of the industry that had the more efficient  waste  water
treatment  facilities.   Table  2k  indicates  the  types  of  treatment
technology and performance characteristics which  were  observed  during
the  survey*   In  most  of the plants analyzed, some type of biological
treatment was utilized to remove dissolved organic material<,   Table  25
summarizes  the  expected effluents from waste water treatment processes
throughout the petroleum refining industry.   Typical  efficiencies  for
these processes are shown in Table 26,

During  the  survey  program,  waste  water  treatment plant performance
history was obtained when possible.,  This historical data were  analyzed
statistically  and  the  individual  plant°s  performance  evaluated  in
comparison to the original design basiSo  After this evaluation, a group
of plants  was  selected  as  being  exemplary  and  these  plants  were
presented  in  Table  24„   The treatment data in Table 26 represent the
annual daily average performance  (50 percent probabilityof-^occurrence) 0

There were enough plants involving only  one  subcategory  to  make  the
interpretation   meaningful.   In  preparing  the  economic  data  base,
however,, all the waste water  treatment  plant  data  ware  analyzed  to
    Jlop a basis for subsequent capital and operating costs„
The treatment data from the exemplary plants referred to previoulsy were
analyzed to formulate the basis for developing BPCTCA effluent criteria.
The  effluent limitations were based on both these treatment data, other
data included in Supplement B, and other sources as discussed in section
IXo  These effluent limitations  were  developed  for  each  subcategory
individually  and  thus  no  common treatment efficiency was selected as
being typical of the petroleum refining industry for use in  the  BPCTCA
effluent  limitations„   A  brief description of the various elements of
end~of°pipe treatment follows.


    Equalization

The purpose of equalization  is  to  dampen  out  surges  in  flows  and
loadings.   This  is  especially  necessary  for  a biological treatment
plant, as  high  concentrations  of  certain  materials  will  upset  or
completely kill the bacteria in the treatment plant.  By evening out the
loading  on  a  treatment  plant,  the  equalization  step  enables  the
treatment plant to operate more effectively and with  fewer  maintenance
problems.   Where  equalization  is  not  present,  an accident or spill
                                   107

-------
Observed Refinery Treatment System and Effluent Loadings
SUBCATEGORY A B-l
Type of OP AL-PP
Treatment
Refinery R32 R18
Observed Average
Effluent Loadings
Net-kg/1000 m3 of
feedstock
(lb/1000 bbl of
feedstock)
BODS 8(2.8)
COD 	 39(13.8)
TCC ___ _ _
O&G 2.0(0.7) 2.3(0.8)
NH3-N 	 	
Phenolic
Compounds 0.14(0.05) 0.003(0.001)

Footnotes: AL-aerated lagoon
AS-activated sludge
DAF-dlssolved air flotation
E-equallzatlon
O
oo
B-2 B-2
TABLE 24
B-2 B-2
AL-F E-DAF-AS OP DAF.AL.PP
R27 R26 R7
8.0(4.4) 5.9(2.1)
68(24) 96(34)
25(8.7) 34(12)
9(3.2) 4.0(1.4)
	 	
0.4(0.145) 0.37(0.13)
0.2(0.07) 0(0)
10(3.6) 3.7(1.3)
71(25.0) 39(13.8)
8.5(3.0) 4.2(1.5)
	 2.8(1.0)
4.8(1.7) 0.14(0.05)
0.05(0.018) 0.0006
(0.002)
0.03(0.010) 0.014
(0.005)
F-flltratlon A-Topplng
OP-oxldatlon pond B-l-Low cracking
FP-polishing pond B-2-Hlgh-Cracklng
TF-trlckllng filter C-Petrochemlcal


C C C
DAF.AS DAF.AS DAF.AL.PP
R20 R8 R23
13(4.6) 2.7(0.95) 2.6(0.91)
67(23.5) 	 54(19)
13.6(4.8) 8.5(3.0) 7(2.5)
6.5(2.3) 	 	
4.5(1.6) 	 2(0.7)
0.06 	 	
(0.023)
OAC __ _ _____
(0.018)
D-Lube
E-Integrated

DDE
E.TF.AS E.AS DAF.AS.PP
R24 R28 R25
7.4(2.6) 14(5.0) 17.5(6.2)
57(20) 136(48) 320(113)
12(4.3) 38(13.5) 36(12.7)
4(1.4) 7.2(2.55) 22(7.7)
1.2(0.44) 	 2.3(0.8)
0.17(0.06) 	 0.017(0.003)
_____ __ ___ o ?n f ri7 ^
— — — U. £Ul( vt J



-------
                                                                  TABLE  25


                                             Expected Effluents from Petroleum Treatment Processes
EFFLUENT CONCENTRATION
PROCESS
1
2
3
1»
5
6
7.
8.
9.
0.
1.
2.
. API Separator
. Clarifier
. Dissolved Air
Flotation
. Granular Media
Filter
. Oxidation Pond
. Aerated Lagoon
Activated Sludge
Trickling Filter -
Cooling Tower
Activated Carbon
Granular Media Filter
Activated Carbon
PROCESS
INFLUENT
Rav Waste
1
1
1
1
2,3,1*
2,3,1*
1
2,3,1*'
2.3.U
5-9
5-9 and 11
BOD5
250-350
1* 5-200
U5-200
l»0-170
10-60
10-50
5-50
25-50
25-50
5-100
NA
3-10
COD
260-700
130-1*50
130-1*50
100-1*00
50-300
50-200
30-200
80-350
1*7-350
30-200
NA
30-100
TOC
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
20-80
NA
70-150
NA
25-61
1-17
ss
50-200
25-60
25-60
-5-25
20-100
10-80
5-50
20-70
1*. 5-100
10-20
3-20
1-15
^ mg/L
OIL
20-100
5-35
5-20
6-20
1.6-50
5-20
1-15
10-80
20-75
2-20
3-17
0.8-2.5

PHENOL
6-100
10-1*0
10-1*0
3-35
0.01-12
0.1-25
0.01-2.0
0.5-10
.1-2.0
<1
0.35-10
0-0.1

AMMOHIA
15-150
NA
NA
NA
3-50
l»-25
1-100
25-100
1-30
10-11*0
NA
1-100

SULFIDE
NA
NA
NA
NA
0-20
0-0.2
0-0.2
0.5-2
NA
NA
NA
0-0.2

REFERENCES
7,13,30,1*1,1*9,59
3l*,l*8a,l*9
13,29,32,l»8a,l*9
17»l»l,l»8a,l*8
18,22,23,31,1»2,1»8»,
1»9,55,75,R18
31,39,l*2a,l*8a,l*9,
55,59,R7,R23,R26
13, 21* ,27, 30, 31), 35,
l*2,l»8a,l»9,6o,69,72
R8,R20,R2l*,R25,R27
R28.R29
I8,30,l*2,l*8a,l»9>
33,1*1
17 ,21,27 ,l*8,l*8a, 1*9.
53,62a
IT.W.SU
17,21,27,1*8,l*8a,l*9,
e •* ^r»_
A - Data Not Available
   O
   \f>

-------
                                                                        TABLE 26



                                            Typical Removal Efficiencies for Oil Refinery Treatment Processes
PROCESS
1.
2.
3.
1*.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
10.
11.
12.
API Separator
Clarifier
Dissolved Air
Flotation
Filter
Oxidation Pond
Aerated Lagoon
Activated Sludge
Trickling
Filter
Cooling Tower
Activated
Carbon
Filter
Granular Media
Activated
Carbon
PROCESS
INFLUENT BODc;
Raw Waste 5-1*0
1 ' . 30-60
1 20-70
1 1*0-70
1 1*0-95
2,3,1* -75-95
2,3,1* 80-99
1 60-85
2,3,1* 50-90
2,3,1* 70-95
5-9 NA
5-9- plus 11 91-98
REMOVAL EFFICIENCY. %
COD
5-30
20-50
10-60
20-55
30-65
60-85
50-95
30-70
1*0-90
70-90
NA
86-91*
TOC
NA
NA
NA
NA
60
NA
1*0-90
NA
10-70
50-80
50-65
50-80
SS
10-50
50-80
50-85
75-95
2"0-70
1*0-65
60-85
60-85
50-85
60-90
75-95
60-90
OIL
60-99
60-95
10-85
65-90
50-90
70-90
80-99
50-80
60-75
75-95
65-95
70-95
PHENOL
0-50
0-50
10-75
5-20
60-99
90-99
95-99+
70-98
75-99+
90-100
5-20
90-99
AMMONIA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0-15
10-1*5
33-99
15-90
60-95
7-33
NA
33-87
SULFIDE
NA
NA
NA
NA
70-100
95-100
97-100
70-100
NA
NA
NA
NA
REFERENCES
7, 13 ,30 ,1*1 ,1*9 ',59
3l*,l*8a,l»9
13,29>32>l*8a,l*9
17,ltl,l*8a,l*9
18,22,23,31,1*2,1*8
1*9 ,55 ,75 ,R18
31,39,l*2,l*8a,l*9,
55,59,R7,R23,R26
13, 21*^7,30,3!*, 35
1*2, U8a, 1*9 ,60 ,69 ,7 2
R8,R20,R2l*,R25,R2
R28,R29
I8,30,l*2,l*8a,l*9
33,1*1
17,21,27,l*8,l*8a,l*9
l*9,53,62a
17,1*8,51*
17,21,27,l*8,l*8a,
l»9,53,62a
NA - Data Hot Available

-------
within the refinery can greatly affect the effluent quality or kill  the
biomass  (R7, R20) .

  «e  equalization step usually consists of a large pond that may contain
  xers to provide better mixing of the wastes.  In some  refineries  the
equalization  is done in a tank (55, R29).  The equalization step can be
before or after the gravity separator but is more effective before as it
increases the overall efficiency of the separator.  However,  care  must
be   taken  to  prevent  anaerobic  decomposition  in  the  equalization
facilities.

    Dissolved Air Flotation

Dissolved air flotation consists of saturating a portion  of  the  waste
water  feed,  or  a  portion  of  the feed or recycled effluent from the
flotation unit with air at a pressure of 40 to 60 psig.  The waste water
or effluent recycle is held at  this  pressure  for  1-5  minutes  in  a
retention  tank  and  then  released  at  atmospheric  pressure  to  the
flotation chamber.  The sudden reduction  in  pressure  results  in  the
release  of  microscopic  air bubbles which attach themselves to oil and
suspended particles in the waste water in the flotation  chamber.   This
results  in  agglomerates which, due to the entrained air, have greatly-
increased vertical rise rates of about  0.5  to  1.0  feet/minute.   The
floated  materials rise to the surface to form a froth layer.  Specially
designed flight scrapers or other skimming devices  continuously  remove
the  froth.   The  retention  time  in the flotation chambers is usually
about 10-30 minutes.   The  effectiveness  of  dissolved  air  flotation
Depends  upon  the  attachment of bubbles to the suspended oil and other
          which are to be removed from the waste stream.  The attraction
        the air bubble and particle is a result of the particle  surface
and bubble-size distribution.

Chemical  flocculating  agents, such as salts of iron and aluminum, with
or without organic polyelectrolytes, are often helpful in improving  the
effectiveness  of  the  air  flotation  process  and in obtaining a high
degree of clarification.

Dissolved air flotation is used by a number of refineries to  treat  the
effluent   from  the  oil  separator.   Dissolved  air  flotation  using
flocculating agents is also used to  treat  oil  emulsions.   The  froth
skimmed from the flotation tank can be combined with other sludges (such
as those from a gravity separator) for disposal.  The clarified effluent
from  a  flotation  unit  generally  receives  further  treatment  in  a
biological unit, prior to discharge.  In two refineries,  dissolved  air
flotation  is  used  for clarification of biologically treated effluents
 (29).

    Oxidation Ponds
                                     111

-------
The oxidation pond is practical where land is plentiful and  cheap.g  An
oxidation pond has a large surface area and a shallow depth, usually not
exceeding  6  feet.   These ponds have long detention periods from 1
110 days.

The shallow depth allows the oxidation pond to be  operated  aerobically
without  mechanical  aerators.   The  algae  in  the pond produce oxygen
through photosynthesis.  This oxygen is then used  by  the  bacteria  to
oxidize  the  wastes.   Because  of  the low loadings, little biological
sludge is produced and the pond is fairly resistant to  uspsets  due  to
shock loadings.

Oxidation  ponds  are usually used as the major treatment process.  Some
refineries use ponds  as  a  polishing  process  after  other  treatment
processes.

    Aerated Lagoon

The  aerated  lagoon  is  a smaller, deeper oxidation pond equipped with
mechanical aerators or diffused  air  units.   The  addition  of  oxygen
enables  the  aerated  lagoon to have a higher concentration of microbes
than the oxidation pond.  The  retention  time  in  aerated  lagoons  is
usually  shorter,  between  3  and  10  days.   Most aerated lagoons are
operated without final clarification.  As a result, biota is  discharged
in  the  effluent,  causing  the  effluent  to have high BOD5 and solids
concentrations.  As the effluent standards  become  more  strict,  final
clarification will be increasing in use.

    Trickling Filter

A  trickling  filter  is an aerobic biological process.  It differs from
other processes in that the biomass is attached to the bed media,  which
may  be  rock, slag, or plastic.  The filter works by:  1) adsorption of
organics by the biological slime 2) diffusion of air into  the  biomass;
and  3) oxidation of the dissolved organics.  When the biomass reaches a
certain thickness, part of it sloughs off.  When the filter is  used  as
the  major treatment process, a clarifier is used to remove the sloughed
biomass.

The trickling filter can be used either as the complete treatment system
or as a roughing filter.  Most applications in  the  petroleum  industry
use it as a roughing device to reduce the loading on an activated sludge
system.

    Bio-Oxidation Tower

The  bio-oxidation  tower  uses  a cooling tower to transfer oxygen to a
waste water.  API  (112) has called the bio-oxidation towers  a  modified
activated  sludge  process,  as  most of the biomass is suspended in the
                                      112

-------
wastewater.  Results from refineries indicate it is a successful process
to "treat portions or all of a refinery waste water (80, 81, 92) .

    Activated Sludge

Activated sludge is an aerobic biological  treatment  process  in  which
high   concentrations  (1500-3000  mg/L)   of  newly-grown  and  recycled
microorganisms are suspended uniformly  throughout  a  holding  tank  to
which  raw  waste  waters are added.  Oxygen is introduced by mechanical
aerators, diffused air systems, or other means.  The  organic  materials
in  the  waste are removed from the aqueous phase by the microbiological
growths and stabilized by biochemical synthesis and oxidation reactions.
The basic activated sludge process consists of an aeration tank followed
by a sedimentation tank.   The flocculant microbial  growths  removed  in
the  sedimentation  tank are recycled to the aeration tank to maintain a
high   concentration   of   active   microorganisms.     Although    the
microorganisms  remove  almost  all of the organic matter from the waste
being treated, much of the  converted  organic  matter  remains  in  the
system  in  the  form of microbial cells.  These cells have a relatively
high rate of oxygen demand and must be removed from  the  treated  waste
water  before discharge.   Thus, final sedimentation and recirculation of
biological solids are important elements in an activated sludge system.
Sludge is wasted on a continuous basis  at  a  relatively  low  rate  to
prevent build-up of excess activated sludge in the aeration tank.  Shock
 rganic  loads  usually  result  in an overloaded system and poor sludge
  ttling characteristics.  Effective  performance  of  activated  sludge
  cilities  requires pretreatment to remove or substantially reduce oil,
sulfides  (which  causes  toxicity  to   microorganisms),   and   phenol
concentrations.   The  pretreatment  units  most  frequently  used  are:
gravity separators and air flotation units to remove oil; and sour water
strippers to remove sulfides, mercaptans, and phenol.  Equalization also
appears necessary to prevent shock loadings from upsetting the  aeration
basin.   Because  of  the  high rate and degree of organic stabilization
possible with activated sludge,  application  of  this  process  to  the
treatment of refinery waste waters has been increasing rapidly in recent
years.

Many  variations  of  the activated sludge process are currently in use.
Examples include: the tapered aeration process, which  has  greater  air
addition  at  the  influent where the oxygen demand is the highest; step
aeration, which introduces the influent waste water along the length  of
the aeration tank; and contact stabilization, in which the return sludge
to   the   aeration   tank  is  aerated  for  1-5  hours.   The  contact
stabilization process is useful  where  the  oxygen  demand  is  in  the
suspended  or  colloidal  form.   The  completely mixed activated sludge
plant uses large mechanical mixers to mix the influent with the contents
of the aeration basin, decreasing the possibility of upsets due to shock
                              113

-------
loadings.  The Pasveer ditch is a  variation  of  the  completely  m,ixed
activated  sludge  process  that is widely used in Europe.  Here brushes
are used to provide aeration and mixing in a  narrow  oval  ditch.
advantage  of  this  process  is  that the concentration of the biota
higher than in the conventional activated sludge process, and the waste
sludge is easy to dewater.  There is at least  one  refinery  using  the
Pasveer ditch type system.
J1CO
The  activated sludge process has several disadvantages.  Because of the
amount of mechanical equipment involved, its operating  and  maintenance
costs are higher than other biological systems.  The small volume of the
aeration  basin  makes  the  process  more subject to upsets than either
oxidation ponds or aerated lagoons.

As indicated in Table 25, the activated sludge  process  is  capable  of
achieving  very low concentrations of BOD5, COD, TSS, and oil, dependent
upon the  influent  waste  loading  and  the  particular  design  basis.
Reported  efficiencies  for  BODS  removal  are in the range of 80 to 99
percent.

    Physical-Chemical Treatment

Physical-chemical treatment refers to treatment processes that are  non-
biological   in  nature.   There  are  two  types  of  physical-chemical
processes;  those that reduce the volume of water to be  treated  (vapor
compression  evaporators,  reverse osmosis, etc.) , and those that reduce
the concentration of the pollutants  (activated carbon) .
Physical-chemical  (P-C) processes  reguire  less  land  than
processes.   P-C  processes are not as susceptible to upset due to
loading as are biological processes.  Another advantage of P-C  is  that
much smaller amounts of sludge are produced.

    Flow Reduction Systems

Flow  reduction  systems  produce  two effluents, one of relatively pure
water and one a concentrated brine.  The pure water stream can be reused
within the refinery resulting in a smaller effluent flow.  The brine  is
easier  to  treat  as  it is highly concentrated.  Both of the processes
described herein have been demonstrated  on  small  flows  only  and  at
present the costs involved are extremely high (45, 52, 93) .

In  the  vapor  compression  evaporator  the waste water flows over heat
transfer surfaces.  The steam generated enters a  compressor  where  the
temperature  is  raised  to a few degrees above the boiling point of the
waste water.  The compressed steam is used to evaporate more waste water
while being condensed.  The condensed steam is low in dissolved  solids.
The  major  process  costs  are  the costs of electrical power, which is
approximately $1.0/1000 gallons of clean water (93).
                             114

-------
The^everse osmosis process uses high pressures (400-800 psig)  to  force
water  through a semi-permeable membrane.  The membrane allows the water
   «pass through, but contains the other constituents in the waste water.
  rrently available membranes tend to foul and blind, requiring frequent
  eaning and replacement.  Until  this  problem  is  corrected,  reverse
osmosis  is not a practicable process.  The operating cost for a reverse
osmosis unit is approximately 20-300/1000 gallons (45, 95).

    Granular Media Filters

There are several types of granular media filters:   sand, . dual  media,
and  multimedia.   These  filters operate in basically the same way, the
only difference being the filter media.  The sand filter uses relatively
uniform grade of sand resting on a coarser  material.   The  dual  media
filter  has  a  course  layer, of coal above a fine layer of~-sai3d.  Both
types of filters have the problem of keeping the fine particles  on - the
bottom.   This  problem is solved by using a third very heavy, very fine
material,  (usually garnet) beneath the coal and sand.


As the water passes down through  a  filter,  the  suspended  matter  is
caught  in the pores.  When the pressure drop through the filter becomes
excessive, the flow through the filter is reversed for  removal  of  the
collected  solids loading.  The backwash cycle occurs approximately once
a day, depending on the loading, and  usually  lasts  for  5-8  minutes.
Most uses of sand filters have been for removing oil and solids prior to
an activated carbon unit.  There is one refinery that uses a mixed media
       on the effluent from a biological system.  Granular media filters
     shown to be capable of consistently operated with extremely low TSS
    oil effluent discharges, on the order of 5-10 mg/L.

Activated Carbon

The activated carbon  (AC) process utilizes granular activated carbon  to
adsorb pollutants from waste water.   The adsorption is a function of the
molecular size and polarity of the adsorbed substance.  Activated carbon
preferentially adsorbs large organic  molecules that are non-polar.

An AC unit follows a  solids removal process, usually a sand filter  which
prevents  plugging of the carbon pores.  From the filter the water  flows
to a bank of carbon columns arranged  in  series  or  parallel.   As  the
water  flows  through  the  columns   the  pollutants are adsorbed by the
carbon, gradually filling the pores.   At  intervals,  portions  of  the
carbon  are removed to a  furnace where the adsorbed  substances are  burnt
off.  The regenerated carbon is reused in the columns, with some  makeup
added, because of handling and efficiency losses.

Activated  carbon  processes  currently  have  only  limited usage in the
refining industry.  However, there are new installations  in the planning
construction stages.  The increasing  use of activated  carbon has occured
                                115

-------
because activated carbon can remove organic materials on an economically
competitive  basis  with   biological   treatment.    Activated   carbon
regeneration furnaces have high energy requirements.

Sludge Handling and Disposal

    Digestion

Digestion  is  usually used preceding the other sludge concentration and
disposal methods.  The purpose of digestion is to improve the dewatering
of the  sludge.   Digestion  can  occur  aerobically  or,  anaerobically.
During  digestion, bacteria decompose the organic material in the sludge
producing methane,  carbon  dioxide  and  water.   At  the  end  of  the
digestion process, the sludge is stable and non-decomposable.

    Vacuum Filtration

The  various  vacuum  filters, usually a revolving drum, use a vacuum to
dewater the sludge.  The  revolving  drum  type  has  a  vacuum  applied
against  a cloth.  The water passes through the cloth and returns to the
influent of the treatment plant.  The sludge remains on the  drum  until
it is scraped off with a knife.

    Centrifugation

Centrifugation  uses  high  speed rotation to separate sludge and water.
The heavier sludge moves to the outside and  is  conveyed  to  one  end,
where  it  is  collected  for  final  disposal.  The water flows out
opposite end and is returned to the treatment plant.

    Sludge Disposal

From any waste water treatment plant, the sludge must  be  disposed  of.
The  methods  used  are  landfilling,  landfarming,  barging to sea, and
incineration.

    Landfilling

A  landfill  operation  requires  a  large  amount  of   land.    Before
landfilling,  the sludge should be digested to avoid odor problems.  The
sludge is disposed of in  an  excavation  site.   After  each  batch  is
disposed  of,  it  is  covered  with a layer of earth.  When the site is
filled to capacity it is covered with a thick layer of earth.

The largest problem of industrial landfills is the pollution  to  ground
and  surface  waters by leaching.  Leaching occurs when water percolates
through the landfill.  As it drains through the landfill site, the water
carries with it dissolved and suspended solids and organic matter.  This
water can then contaminate underground or surface streams  it  comes  in
contact with.
                               116

-------
   .Incineration

  «cineration  is gradually complementing landfills as a method of sludge
  sposal.  The principal process is fluid  bed  incineration.    In  this
  ocess,  a  bed  of  sand is preheated with hot air to 482-538°C (900 -
1000°F).  Torch oil is then used to raise the bed temperature to  649
705°C   (1200  - 1300°F).  At this point waste water sludge and/or sludge
is introduced and the torch oil  is  stopped.   The  solid  products  of
combustion  remain in the bed which is a gradually withdrawn to maintain
a constant bed height.  Eventually, the bed will  be  composed  of  only
ash.

The  sludge fed to the incinerator usually contains inorganic as well as
organic material.   However, the sludge must contain a minimum amount  of
organics to maintain the combustion process.  One refinery (26)  suggests
a minimum of 1,930,000 cal/cu m (29,000 Btu/gal)  of sludge heating value
is necessary to maintain the combustion process.
                               117

-------
                              SECTION VIII

              COST, ENEBGY, AND NON-WATER QUALITY ASPECTS
The  first  part  of  this  section  summarizes  the costs (necessarilly
generalized)  and effectiveness of  end-of-pipe  control  technology  for
BPCTCA  and  BATEA  and BADT-NSPS effluent limitations.  Treatment costs
for small, medium, and large refineries in each  subcategory  have  been
estimated  for  the  technologies considered.  The expected annual costs
for  existing  plants  in  the  petroleum  refining  industry  in   1977
consistent  with  BPCTCA  effluent  limitations  are  estimated  at $225
million (end-of-pi'pe treatment only) .  For 1983, consistent  with  BATEA
effluent   limitations,   the  estimated  additional  annual  costs  are
estimated at $250 million (end-of-pipe treatment only) .   For  BADT-NSPS
the annual cost is estimated at $26 million.   These costs are summarized
by subcategory in Table 27.

The  effect  of plant size relative to annual costs can be seen in Table
28 where the annual costs are summarized for application of  BPCTCA  and
BATEA  to  small, medium, and large refineries in each subcategory.  The
cost, energy, and nonwater quality  aspects  of  in-plant  controls  are
intimately  related  to  the  specific  processes  for  which  they  are
developed.  Although there are general cost and energy requirements  for
equipment  items  (e.g.  surface  air  coolers),  these correlations are
usually expressed in terms of specific design parameters,  such  as  the
   Juired  heat  transfer  area.   Such  parameters  are  related  to the
   duction rate and specific  situations  that  exist  at  a  particular
production site.

There is a wide variation in refinery sizes.   When these size ranges are
superimposed  on  the large number of processes within each subcategory,
it is apparent that many detailed designs would be required to develop a
meaningful   understanding   of   the   economic   impact   of   process
modifications.   The decision to attain the limitations through in-plant
controls or by end-of-pipe treatment should be  left  up  to  individual
manufacturers.   Therefore,  a series of possible designs for the end-of•»
pipe treatment models is provided.

Alternative Treatment Technologies

The range of components used or needed for either  best  practicable  or
best  available  technology  have  been  combined  into five alternative
end-of-pipe treatment steps, which are as follows:

    A.  Initial  treatment,   consisting  of  dissolved  air   flotation,
    equalization,  neutralization,  and  nutrient  (phosphoric acid) feed
    facilities.
                                 119

-------
                                       TABLE 27



                 Estimated Total Annual Costs for End-of-Pipe Treatment

           Systems for the Petroleum Refining Industry  (Existing  Refineries)






Sub category                                                     TotaJ Annual  Cost,  $ Million


                                                                1977                1983



Topping                                                         $1^.2                $16.5



                                                                •jq fl                kk k
Low-Cracking                                                    ^'°                HH'H



High-Cracking                                                   ^5-5                **8.l




Petrochemical                                                   53'9                5°-°



Lube                                                            70.1                 66-. 2


Integrated                                                      35.3                 2^.8
                                             Industry Total   $255.0               $250.0
                                         120

-------
                                        TABLE 28
                  Summary of End-of Pipe Wastewater Treatment Costs for
                  Representative Plants in the Petroleum Refining  Industry
 Subcategory
                     Representative
                     Refinery Size
                      Annual
                    Level.I Costs
                 $/1000 m3   $/1000 gal
                                                            Annual Additional
                                                           Level  11 Costs
                                                            $/1000 m3 $/1000 gal
Topping
Low-Cracking
High Cracking
Lube
Integrated
               1000 m3/day
 0.318
 1.11
 2.4

 2.4
 5.09
11.9
               10.18
               23.8
Petrochemical   4.0
               15.9
               31.8
17.5
39.8

 9.8
23.0
                 1000 BBL/day
  2
  7
 15

 15
 32
 75

 25
 6k
150

 25
100
200

 25
110
250

 65
152
326
0.066
0.030
0.018

0.014
0.010
0.007

0.009
0.007
0.006

0.009
0.007
0.005

0.009
0.006
0.005

0.006
0.005
0.005
17.
 7.
 4.

 3.
 2.
 1.

 2.
 1.
 .31
 ,86
 ,87

 ,78
 ,53
 ,84

 ,34
 ,84
 .62

1.32
 .78
 .35

J.33
 .50
 .25
1.6?
1.28
,1.13
0.070
0.034
0.023
0.019
0.012
0.008
0.013
0.008
0.006
0.010
0.006
0.005
0.010
0.006
0.004
0.006
0.005
0.003
18.41
9.06
5.97
4.90
3.25
2.20
3.40
2.16
1.47
2.65
1.63
1.20
2.57
1.51
0.93
1.53
1.05
0.65
                                          121

-------
    B. Biological  treatment,   consisting  of  acitvated  sludge  units,
    thickness,  digesters, and dewatering facilities.

    C.  Granular  media  filtration,  consisting  of  filter systems
    associated equipment.

    D. Physical-chemical treatment facilities  consisting  of  activated
    carbon adsorption.

    E.  Alternative  Biological  treatment, consisting of aerated lagoon
    facilities.

Tables 29 through 46 are summaries of the costs of major treatment steps
required to achieve different levels of technology  for  small,  medium,
and  large  refineries in each subcategory; using median raw waste loads
and median "good water use" flow rates, for  the  end-of-pipe  treatment
models.

BPCTCA Treatment Systems used for the Economic Evaluation

A general flow schematic for the BPCTCA waste water treatment facilities
is  shown  in  Figure  6.   A  summary  of  the  general design basis is
presented in Table 47 and a summary of  the  treatment  system  effluent
limitations for each subcategory is presented in Table 1.

BATEA treatment Systems Used for the Economic Evaluation

BATEA  treatment facilities are basically added on to the discharge
from BPCTCA facilities.  It is  expected  that  flows  will  be
slightly  by  the  application of BATEA in-plant technology, so that the
activated carbon treatment unit may  treat  a  smaller  hydraulic  load.
However,  the  activated carbon system was sized for the same flow basis
as in BPCTCA technology in order to establish a conservative  basis  for
economic evaluation of proposed effluent limitations.

A  general  flow  schematic  diagram for the BATEA waste water treatment
facilities is shown in Figure 7.  A summary of the general design  basis
is  presented  in  Table  48.    and  a  summary  of the treatment system
effluent limitations for each subcategory is presented in Table 2.
                                 122

-------
                                       TABLE 29

                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                               PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                                   TOPPING SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
      1000 cubic meters/day  (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
      cubic meters/cublic metric crude oil (gal/bbl)

Treatment Plant Size
      1000 cubic meters/day
Costs in $1000


Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

      Capital Costs  (10%)
      Depreciation   (20%)
      Operating Costs
      Energy

            Total Annual Costs

Effluent Quality
                                      0.318 (2)


                                      0.286 (12)


                                      0.091 (0.025)


                               Alternative Treatment Steps
                      A
                     183
 13
155
  £
 52
                     70.5
66.7
20.8
BOD5

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia

Suspended Solids
     Raw Waste
     Load             ...,
Kg/1000 mj (LB/1000 BBL)
       7.1 (2.5)

      24.0 (8.4)

       5.1 (1.8)

       0.028 (0.01)

       0.157 (0.055)

       1.43 (0.5)

       6.6 (2.5)
                                           Resulting  Effluent Levels
 D
295
18.3
36.6
14.6
1.0
15.5
31.0
12.4
7.8
5.2
10.4
4.2
1.0
30
59
72.5
6.5
168.0
iBL)
4.3
16.0
2.0
0.03
0.03
1.0
5.8
£ P.
0.82
2.34
1.4 0.17
0.003
0.017
0.23
2.9 0.82
                                      123

-------
                                       TABLE 30

                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                               PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                                   TOPPING SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
       1000 cubic meters/day  (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
       cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil (gal/bbl)

Treatment Plant Size
       1000 cubic meters/day  (MGD)
Costs in $1000


Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs (10%)
     Depreciation (20%)
     Operating Costs
     Energy

L/bbl]

A
282
28
56
23
2
1.11
I 0.286
0.32
Alternative
B
238
24
48
19
12
(7)
(12)
(0.085)
Treatment
C
80
8
16
6
2



Steps
D
612
61
122
89
9
                  Total Annual Costs
109
103
32
281
Effluent Quality
                                 Raw Waste        Resulting Effluent Levels
                                 Load             Design Average Kg/1000 m^
BOD5

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia

Suspended Solids
Kg/1000 m3

7.1 (2.5)
24.0 (8.4)
5.1 (1.8)
0.028 (0.01)
0.157 (0.055)
1.43 (0.5)
6.6 (2.3)
(LB/1000BBL)
B_ C
4.3
16.0
2.0 1.4
0.03
0.03
1.0
5.8 2/9

D
0.82
2.34
0.17
0.003
0.017
0.23
0.82
                                     124

-------
                                        TABLE 31


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING  INDUSTRY

                                TOPPING SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day   (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil  (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day

Costs in $1000

Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs (10%)
     Depreciation  (20%)
     Operating Costs
     Energy
            (MGD)
        2.4 (15)


        0.286  (12)


        0.68 (0.18)

Alternative Treatment Steps
A
341
34
68
28
3
B_
318
32
64
26
19
£
114
11
23
17
2
D
' 943
94
187
101
10
                    Total Annual Costs
                                                133
                                      141
                    46
392
Effluent Quality
                                Raw Waste
                                Load
                             Resulting Effluent Levels
BOD 5

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulflde

Ammonia

Suspended Solids
7.1 (2.5)

24.0 (8.4)

 5.1 (1.8)

 0.028 (0.01)

 0.157 (0.055)

 1.43 (0.5)

 6.6 (2.3)
B
4.3
16.0
2.0
0.03
0.03
1.0
5.8
£ D
0.82
2.34
1.4 0.17
0.003
0.017
0.23
2.9 0.82
                                         125

-------
                                        TABLE 32


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                             LOW CRACKING SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day   (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil  (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day
           (MGD)
2.4 (15)


0.405 (17)


0.97 (0.26)
Costs in $1000

Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs  (10%)
     Depreciation   (20%)
     Operating Costs
     Energy
                             Alternative Treatment Steps
Effluent Quality
BOD

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia

Suspended Solids
A
368
37
74
29
2
£
375
38
75
30
21
£
133
13
26
11
3
£
1.164
116
233
106
10
                    Total Annual Costs
                                                 142
                                     164
           53
465
                                Raw Waste
                                Load-,
                            Resulting Effluent Levels
                           (Design Average Kg/1000 m3)
                           Kg/1000 m   (LB/1000 BBL7
71 (25)

200 (70)

27.4 (9.6)

 2.85 (1.0)

 1.0 (0.35)

10.0 (3.5)

27.4 (9.6)
.;
B
6.0
39.1
2.8
0.04
0.03
2.0
8.0
C D
1.31
8.0
2.0 0.26
0.006
0.026
0.51
4.0 1.31
                                          126

-------
                                         TABLE 33


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING  INDUSTRY

                             LOW CRACKING SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day   (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil  (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
                meters/day
(MGD)
5.09  (32)


0.405 (17)


2.06  (0.54)
Costs in $1000

Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs (10%)
     Depreciation  (20%)
     Operating Costs
     Energy
                  Alternative Treatment Steps
A
487
49
98
39
3
B_
548
54
109
44
31
C
179
18
36
14
4
D
1,164
177
354
94
15
                    Total Annual Costs
                                                 189
                          238
           64
640
Effluent Quality
                                Raw Waste         Resulting Effluent Levels
                                Load ,           (Design Average Kg/lOOti m3)
                           Kg/1000 m 3(LB/1000 BELT
BUUc
COD
Oil/Grease
Phenol
Sulfide
Ammonia
71 (25)
200 (70)
27.4 (9.6)
2.85 (1.0)
1.0 (0.35)
10.0 (3.5)
Suspended Solids  27 A (9 6}
L;
B_
6.0
39.1
2.8
0.04
0.03
2.0
8.0
£ P_
1.31
8.0
2.0 0.26
0.006
0.026
0.51
4.0 1.31
                                         127

-------
                                        TABLE 34


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING  INDUSTRY

                             LOW CRACKING SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day   (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil  (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day
                 (MGD)
11.9  (75)


0.405 (17)


4,8 (1.3 MGD)
Costs in $1000

Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs  (10%)
     Depreciation   (20%)
     Operating Costs
     Energy
                                  Alternative Treatment  Steps
A
787
79
158
64
8
B
1062
106
212
86
59
C
231
25
50
20
7
D
2^895
290
579
152
25
                    Total Annual Costs
Effluent Quality
BOD 5

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia
                                Raw Waste         Resulting  Effluent  Levels
                                Load               (Design Average Kg/1000 M3)
                           Kg/1000 m J(LB/1000 BBLf
 71 (25)

200 (70)

27.4 (9.6)

 2.85 (1.0)

 1.0 (0.35)

10.0 (3.5)
Suspended Solids 27.4 (9.6)
<)
B_
6.0
39.1
2.8
0.04
0.03
2.0
8.0
C D
1.31
8.0
, 2.0 0.26
0.006
0.026
0.51
4.0 1.31
                                            128

-------
                                        TABLE 35


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                               HIGH CRACKING SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day   (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil  (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day


Costs in $1000

Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs  (10%)
     Depreciation  (20%)
     Operating  Costs
     Energy
      (MGD)
                                4.0
                                0.5
2.0
(25)


(21)


(0.525)
                        Alternative Treatment Steps
A
443
44
89
36
4
IJ
470
47
94
38
29
•c
170
17
34
13
4
D_
1,720
172
344
121
15
                     Total Annual Costs
                                                173
                                 208
            68
               652
 Effluent Quality
                                 Raw Waste
                        Resulting Effluent Levels
      Load               (Design Average Kg/1000  m3)
 Kg/1000 m3 (LB/1000 BBfc)	-	
 BOD

 COD

 Oil/Grease

 Phenol

 Sulfide

 Ammonia

 Suspended Solids
 83 (29)

260 (91)

31.4 (11)

 5.1 (1.8)

 1.28 (0.45)

32.8 (11.5)

32.2 (11.3)
ci 	
:B
8.9
68.0
3.5
0.05
0.05
4.5
10.2
£ D
1.65
12.8
2.5 0.34
0.006
0.034
1.65
5.1 1.65
                                           129

-------
                                         TABLE 36

                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING  INDUSTRY

                               HIGH CRACKING  SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day  (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil  (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day


Costs in $1000

Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital .Costs (10%)
     Depreciation  (20%)
     Operating Costs
     Energy
        (MGD)
          10.18  (64)


           0.500 (21)


           5.09  (1.35)


Alternative Treatment Steps
A
817
82
164
67
9
B
1,105
110
221
90
59
C
261
26
52
21
8
D
2,950
295
590
155
25
                    Total Annual Costs
                       322
         480
107   1,065
Effluent Quality
       Raw. Waste
       Load
                                                  Resulting  Effluent  Levels
                                                   (Design Average Kg/1000
BOD5

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia

Suspended Solids
  Kg/1000 m J(LB/1000 BBL)



 83  (29)

260  (91)

31.4 (11.0)

 5.1 (1.8)

 1.28 (0.45)

32.8 (11.5)

32.2 (11.3)
.)
1 c.
8.0
68.0
3.5 2.5
0.51
0.05
4.5
10.2 5.1
D
1.65
12.8
0.34
0.006
0.034
0.82
1.65
                                           130

-------
                                         TABLE 37


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                               HIGH CRACKING  SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
   -  1000 cubic meters/day  (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil  (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day


Costs in $1000

Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs (10%)
     Depreciation  (20%)
     Operating Costs
     Energy
(MGD)
            23.8  (150)


             0.500 (21)


            11.9  (3.2)

Alternative Treatment Steps
A
1.703
140
280
119
17
B
2,763
276
553
236
113
C
3^7
37
74
31
15
D
4,"8~90
489
987
211
44
                    Total Annual Costs
                556
       1,178
157   1,722
Effluent Quality
BOD

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia

Suspended Solids
                                Raw Waste         Resulting Effluent Levels
                                Load              (Design Average Kg/1000 m3)
Kg/1

83
260
31.4
5.1
1.28
32.8
32.2
OOU m~> (LB/J

(29)
(91)
(ID
(1.8)
(0.45)
(11.5)
(11.3)
LOOU BBL/
B
8'.
68.
3.
0.
0.
4.
10.


0
0
5
51
05
5
2

C D
1.65
12.8
2.5 0.34
0.006
0.034
0.82
5.1 1.65
                                            131

-------
                                        TABLE 38


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                               PETROCHEMICAL SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day  (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil  (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day

Costs in $1000

Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs  (10%)
     Depreciation   (20%)
     Operating Costs
     Energy
     (MGD)
           4.0  (25)


           0.595 (25)


           2.4  (0.625)

Alternative Treatment Steps
A
495
49
99
39
5
B
595
60
119
48
34
C
190
19
38
15
4
D
1,875
188
375
125
16
                    Total Annual Costs
                    192
        261
76
604
Effluent Quality
COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia

Suspended Solids
                                Raw Waste         Resulting Effluent Levels
                                Load              (Design Average Kg/1000 m3)
                           Kg/1000 m   (LB/1000  BBL}	
148  (52)

371 (130)

45.6 (16)

10.3 (3.6)

 1.7 (0.59)

34.2 (12)

44.2 (15.5)
.;
.B
9.1
59.5
4.3
0.065
0.06
6.8
12.0
C D
1.8
7.1
3.1 0.37
0.009
0.054
1.65
6.0 1.8
                                            132

-------
                                        TABLE  39


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                            .   PETROCHEMICAL SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day  (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day

Costs in $1000

Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs  (10%)
     Depreciation   (20%)
     Operating Costs
     Energy
(MGD)
                    Total Annual  Costs
                  Alternative Treatment Steps
A
1,165
117
233
98
15
B_
2,410
241
482
203
93
C
335
33
67
29
12
D_
4,200
420
840
192
38
                463
1,019
141    1,490
Effluent  Quality
 BOD 5

 COD

 Oil/Grease

 Phenol

 Sulfide
    \
 Ammonia

 Suspended Solids
                                 Raw Waste         Resulting Effluent Levels
                                 Load .            jDesign Average  Kg/1000 m
Kg/1000 mj

148 (52)
371 (130)
45.6 (16)
10.3 (3.6)
1.7 (0.59)
34.2 (12)
44.2 (15.5)
(LB/1000 BBL)
B £
9.1
59.05
4.3 3.1
0.065
0.06
6.8
12.0 6.0

p_
1.8
7.1
0.37
0.009
0.054
1.65
1.8
                                          133

-------
                                        TABLE 40


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                               PETROCHEMICAL SUBCATEGORY


Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day   (1000 BBL/DAY)                      31.8   (200)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil  (gal/bbl)                0.595   (25)

Treatment Plant Size
     1000.cubic meters/day       (MGD)                          18.9   (5.0)

Costs in $1000                                     Alternative  Treatment Steps

Initial Investment                               A          _B           CD
                                              1,6"6~2        3,785       4"2~3    67220
ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs (10%)                        166         379        42      622
     Depreciation  (20%)                        332-        757        85    1,244
     Operating Costs                            145         329        37      270
     Energy                                      25         155        20       60

                   . Total Annual Costs          668        1,620       184    2,196


Effluent Quality

                                Raw Waste         Resulting Effluent Levels
                                                  (Design Average Kg/1000
BOD5

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia

Suspended Solids
;/100(

148
371
45.6
10.3
1.7
34.2
44.2
) mj (LB/100

(52)
(130)
(16)
(3.6)
(0.59)
(12)
(15.5)
0 BBLJ

9
59
4
0
0
6
12

B
.1,
.5
.3
.065
.06
.8
.0


£ D
1
_ 7
3.1 0
0
0
1
6.0 1
.8
.1
.37
.009
.054
.65
.8
                                             134

-------
                                        TABLE 41


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                                    LUBE SUBCATEGORY


Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day   (1000 BBL/DAY)                       4.0    (25)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil (gal/bbl)                0.881  (37)

Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day        (MGD)                           3.5    (0.925)

Costs in $1000                                     Alternative  Treatment  Steps

Initial Investment                               A           B_          C      D_
                                                778        895       .  247   2,360

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs  (10%)                         78          90          24    236
     Depreciation   (20%)                        156        179          49    472
     Operating Costs                             62          72          20    139.
     Energy                                       6          47          5      20

                    Total Annual Costs          302        388          98    867


Effluent Quality

                                Raw Waste         Resulting  Effluent Levels
                                Load              .(Design Average Kg/1000 m3)
BOD 5

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia

  spended Solids
000 m
200
382
136
6.2
1.1
227
79
54
3 (LB/1000
(66)
(134)
(38)
(202)
(0.4)
(7.8)
(28)
BBL)
_B
10.3
95.5
6.0
0.088
0.088
4.5
17.6
C D
3.6
23.5
4.3 0.7
0.015
0.073
1.5
8.8 3.55
                                             135

-------
                                        TABLE 42


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                                    LUBE SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day  (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil  (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day


Costs in $1000

Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs (10%)
     Depreciation  (20%)
     Operating Costs
     Energy
(MGD)
              17.5  (110)


               0.881 (37)


              15.4  (4.07)

Alternative Treatment Steps
A
1,501
150
300
129
20
B
3,316
332
663
285
135
C
413
41
83
35
17
D
5,600
560
1,120
236
52
                    Total Annual Costs
                599
        1,415
176  1,968,00
Effluent Quality
                                Raw Waste         Resulting Effluent Levels  .
                                Load               ^'Design Average Kg/1000 m^)
BOD5

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia

Suspended Solids
m3 (LB/1000 BBL)

187
382
136
6.2
1.1
22
79

(66)
(134)
(48)
(2.2)
(0.4)
(7.8)
(28)
B C
10.3
95.5
6.0 4.3
0.088
0.088
4.5
8.8
D
3.6
23.5
0.7
0.015
0.073
1.5
3.55
                                           136

-------
                                        TABLE 43


                             WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                                    LUBE SUBCATEGORY


Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day   (1000 BBL/DAY)                      39.8     (250)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil  (gal/bbl)                0.881   (37)

Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day        (MGD)                          35       (9-. 25)

Costs in $1000                                     Alternative  Treatment  Steps

Initial Investment                               A          B^          £     D
                                               2,846       6,610       534   8,890
ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs  (10%)                         285         661        53     889
     Depreciation   (20%)                         570       1,322       106    1778
     Operating Costs                             256         595        48     370
     Energy                                        45         245        35      95

                    Total Annual  Costs        1,156        2,823       242   3,132


Effluent Quality

                                Raw Waste          Resulting  Effluent Levels
                                Load               .(Design  Average  Kg/1000 nr)
BOD5

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

.Sulfide

Ammonia

Suspended Solids
000 m-

187
382
136
6.2
1.1
22
79
» (LB/1000

(70
(134)
(48)
(2.2)
(0.4)
(7.8)
(28)
BBL)
1
10.3
95.5
6.0
0.088
0.088
4.5
17.6

C D
3.6
23.5
4.3 0.7
0.015
0.073
1.5
8.8 3.55
                                           137

-------
                                     TABLE 44


                            WATER  EFFLUENT  TREATMENT COSTS

                              PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                                 INTEGRATED  SUBCATEGORY
 Refinery .Capacity
     1000  cubic meters/day   (1000-BBL/DAY)

 Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter  crude  oil  (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters /day

Costs in $1000
Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs  (10$)
     Depreciation  '(20/0
     Operating Costs
     Energy

          Total Annual Costs
                              .(MOD)
                                                                    9.8   (65)


                                                                    l.l   (1*6)
                         10.8   (3.0)

Alternative Treatment Steps
A
1,256
126
252
103
20
B
2,920
292
581*
21*3
106
£

23
1*6
21
15
D
1*,750
1*75
950
206
1*3
                                     501
     1,223
105
1,671*
Effluent Quality
        Kg/1000
BOD
   5

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia
                      Raw Waste
                      Load
                 i3 (lb/1000 BBL)


                  238   (81*)

                  590   (208)

                  133   (1*7)

                   6.5  (2.3)

                   1.7  (0.6

                   35.1*  (12.5)
                                      Resulting Effluent Levels
                                      (Design Average Kg/1000
Suspended Solids   29   (10.2)
B_
16.1
121+.5
8.0
0.111.
0.111
7.1
21.6
£ . D
3.7
21. g
5.1* 0.63
0.015
0.07&
1.9
10.8 3.7
                                        138

-------
                                      TABLE 45


                              WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS

                               PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                                  INTEGRATED SUBCATEGORY
  Refinery Capacity
       1000 cubic meters/day  (1000 BBL/DAY)

  Was tew at er Flow
       cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters /day

Costs in $1000
  Initial Investment

  ANNUAL COSTS:

       Capital Costs (10$)
       Depreciation  (20$)
       Operating Costs
       Energy

            Total Annual Costs
                               (MGD)
                                                                    23    (152)


                                                                     1.1  (1*6)
                          25-5  (7.0)

Alternative Treatment Steps
A
2,2l*9
225
550
203
36
B
5,223
522
1,01*1*
1*70
(l88
C
1*18
1*2
84
38
21
D
7,600
760
1,520
329
68
                                               2,22k
                 192
2,677
  Effluent  Quality
        Kg/1000
  COD

  Oil/Grease

  Phenol

  Sulfide

  Ammonia

^^ispended Solids
                        Raw Waste
                        Load
                     (lb/1000 BBL)
                  238   (84)

                  590  (.(808)

                  133   (47) '

                    6.5 (2.3)

                    1.7 (0.6)

                   35.4 (12.5)

                   29   (10.2
                                      Resulting Effluent Levels
                                      (Design Average Kg/1000 m3}:..
B £
16.1
124.5
8.0 5.4
0.111
0.111
7.1
21.6 10.8
D
3.7
21.3
0.63
0.015
0.073
1.9
3.7
                                             139

-------
                                    TABLE  46


                            WATER EFFLUENT TREATP-IEWT COSTS

                             PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY

                                INTEGRATED SUBCATEGORY
Refinery Capacity
     1000 cubic meters/day  (1000 BBL/DAY)

Wastewater Flow
     cubic meters/cubic meter crude oil (gal/bbl)
Treatment Plant Size
     1000 cubic meters/day    (MGD)

Costs in $1000
Initial Investment

ANNUAL COSTS:

     Capital Costs  (10$)
     Depreciation   (20$)
     Operating Costs
     Energy

          Total Annual Costs
                                                               >*9   (326)


                                                                1.1 (U6)
                                                                t.O  (15.0)

                                          Alternative Treatment Steps
A
l4,2~32
1423
8^6
381
69
1,719
B
9,831
983
1,966
885
35^
it, 188
C
787
79
158
71
52
360
D
10,100
1,010
2,020
Ii39
107
3,576
Effluent Quality
                      Raw Waste
                      Load
        Kg/1000 m3  (lb/1000 BBL)
.BOD
   5

COD

Oil/Grease

Phenol

Sulfide

Ammonia
                  238

                  590   (208)

                  133   (W)

                   6.5  (2.3)

                   1.7  (0.6)

                  35.^  (12.5)
                                      Resulting Effluent Levels
                                      (Design Average Kg/1000 m3)
Suspended Solids  29    (10.2)
B C_
16.1
12U.5
8.0 5.^
•O.lll
0.111
7-1
21.6 10.8
D
3.7
21.3
0'.63
0.015
0.073
1.9
3.7
                                        140

-------
                                                                   BPCTCA  - Wastewater  Treatment  System

                                                     MODEL  SYSTEM USED  FOR  THE ECONOMIC  EVALUATION
Wast* Wat«r
                      Vat
                      W.I I
                      Wat
                      Well
    TO
l«pr«c**i tng
Slop
Oil
Treatment
           Gravity
           Separator
           Gravity
           Separator
                                                            Chemical
                                                            Feed Tank*
                                               Sludg.
                                               Thickening
Dissolved
Air
Flotation
                                                                                          EqualIzatlon
                Aeration
                Tank
Dissolved
Air
Flotation
EqualIzatlon
                                                                                                              SIudqe
                                                                                                              Recycle
Ae ra 11 on
Tank
        Surge

1
	 f
•\
<
Granular
Media
Filter



Granular
Media
e 1 1 »_.•

\
4

Effluent
                             Contaminated Storm Water
                                          Sludge
                                          Digestion
                                Vacuum
                                Filtration
                                                      Final
                                                      Disposal

-------
                                TABLE 47

                 BPCTCA - "END OF PIPE TREATMENT SYSTEM
                 MODEL USE FOR THE ECONOMIC EVALUATION
                             DESIGN SUMMARY

Treatment ^SYStern^Hydraulic_LQading

    Treatment system hydraulic  loadings  are  sized  to  represent  the
    projected   waste   water  flows  from  small,  average,  and  large
    refineries in each  subcategory.   The  flow  range  used  in  these
    estimates  ranges from 95 to 38,000 m3/day (25,000 gpd to 10,000,000
    gpd) .

Dissolyed_iAir_Flotation

    The flotation units are sized for an overflow rate of 570  m3/day/m2
    (1400 gpd/sq.ft)

     § t a t i on

    Capacity to handle 200 percent of the average hydraulic flow.

Equalization

    One day detention time is provided.  Floating mixers are provided to
    keep the contents completely mixed.

Neutralization

    The  two-stage  neutralization  basin  is  sized  on the basis of an
    average  detention  time  of  twenty  minutes.   The   lime-handling
    facilities  are sized to add 1,000 Ibs.  of hydrated lime per mgd of
    waste water, to adjust the pH.  Bulk-storage facilities (based on 15
    days usage) or bag storage is provided,  depending  on  plant  size.
    Lime  addition  is  controlled  by two pH probes, one in each basin.
    The lime slurry is added to the neutralization  basin  from  a  lime
    slurry   recirculation   loop.   The  lime-handling  facilities  are
    enclosed in a building.

Nutrient_Addition

    Facilities are provided for the addition of phosphoric acid  to  the
    biological system in order to maintain the ratio of BOD:P at 100:1.

Aeration Basin

    Platform-mounted  mechanical  aerators  are provided in the aeration
    basin.  In addition, walkways are provided to all aerators  for  fan
                                  142

-------
   haccess  and maintenance.   The following data were used in sizing the
    aerators.
    Oxygen utilization

    L
    B
    Waste water temperature
    Oxygen transfer

    Motor Efficiency
    Minimum Basin D.O.
1.5 kg 02/kg BOD
(1.5 Ibs 02/lb. BOD)  removed
0.8
0.9
 20°C
1.6 kg (3.5 Ibs.)  o2/hr./shaft HP at
20°C and zero D.O.
85 percent
1 mg/1
in tap water
    Oxygen is monitored in the basins using D.O. probes.

Secondary Clarifiers

    All secondary clarifiers are circular units.  The side  water  depth
    is  3.0  meters   (10 ft.)  and the overflow rate is 500 gpd/sq. ft.) .
    Sludge recycle pumps are sized to deliver 50 percent of the  average
    flow.

Sludge_Holding Tank-Thickener

    For  the  smaller  plants,  a  sludge-holding tank is provided, with
    sufficient capacity to hold 5 days flow from the  aerobic  digester.
    The  thickener  provided  for  the larger plants was designed on the
    basis of 29 kg/m2/day  (6 Ibs./sq. ft./day) and a side water depth of
    3.0 meters (10 ft.)
                              ,-!'
Aerobic Digester

    The aerobic digester is sized on the basis of a hydraulic  detention
    time  of  20  days.   The  sizing of the aerator-mixers was based on
    0.044HP/m3 (1.25,HP/1,000 cu.ft.) of digester volume.

Vacuum Filtration

    The vacuum filters were sized on cake yield of  9.75  kg/m2/hr.   (2
    Ibs./sq.ft./hr)  and  a  maximum  running  time of 18 hrs./day.  The
    polymer system was sized to deliver up to 0.005kg of  polymer/kg  of
    day solids (10 Ibs. of polymer/ton dry solids).

Granular_Media Filters

    The  filters  are sized on the basis of an average hydraulic  loading
    of 9.12m3/m2/min.   (3 gpm/sq.ft.) Backwash facilities are  sized  to
    provide  rate  up  to 0.82m3/m2/min.   (20 gpm/sq.ft.) and a backwash
    cycle of up to 20 minutes duration.
                                   143

-------
Fina1_s1udge_Dis20sa1

    Sludge is disposed of at a sanitary landfill assumed to be  5  mil
    from the waste water treatment facility.

Design Philosophy

    The  plant's forward flow units are designed for parallel flow, i.e:
    either half of the plant can be operated independently.  The  sludge
    facilities  are  designed  on the basis of series flow.  All outside
    tankage is reinforced concrete.  The tops of all outside tankage are
    assumed to be 12 ft above grade.
                                   144

-------
FILTER WATER
HOLDING TANK
           CARBON COLUMN
           FEED PUMPS
                                REGENERATED CARBON
                                STORAGE TANK
                                    V
                                         PLANT
                                         EFFLUENT
                                          CARBON
                                          COLUMNS)
                                    J-*
                                    TRANSFER
                                    TANK
                           FIGURE  7
 DRYING TANK
4	(	^ AIR
           BLOWER
 DRY STORAGE TANK
                                                           \    Hfrfr>6t>
-------
                                TABLE 48

                  BATEA - END OF PIPE TREATMENT SYSTEM
                             DESIGN SUMMARY

Granular Carbon_CQlumns

The  carbon  columns  are  sized  on  a  hydraulic  loading  of  0.4-0.8
m3/m2/min.  (10-20  gpm/sq.  ft.)   and  a  column  detention  time of 40
minutes.  A backwash rate of (50 gpm/sq. ft.)  was assumed for 40 percent
bed expansion at 70°F.

Filter-Column Decant_Sumg

Tankage is provided to hold the backwash water and decant it back to the
treatment plant over a 24-hour period.  This  will  eliminate  hydraulic
surging of the treatment units.

Regeneration Furnace

An  exhaustion  rate  of  1 kg of COD/kg carbon  (1 Ib COD/lb carbon) was
used for sizing the regeneration facilities.

Regenerated JExhausted Carbon Stgrage

Tankage is provided to handle the regenerated and exhausted carbon  both
before and after regeneration.
                                  146

-------
Estimated Costs of Facilities

«    discussed  previously,  designs for the model treatment systems were
   ted out in order to evaluate the  economic  impact  of  the  proposed
   luent.  limitations.   The  design  considerations  resulted  in  the
generation  of  cost  data  which  would  be   conservative.    However,
relatively  conservative  cost  numbers  are  preferred for this type of
general, economic analysis.

Activated sludge followed by granular media filtration was used  as  the
BPCTCA treatment system.  The plant designs were varied to generate cost
effectiveness  data  within  each category.  Activated carbon adsorption
was used as the BATEA treatment.

Capital and annual cost data were prepared  for  each  of  the  proposed
treatment systems.

The  capital  costs  were  generated  on  a  unit  process  basis,  e.g.
equalization,  neutralization,  etc.  for  all  the  proposed  treatment
systems.   The  following  ^'percent  add on" figures were applied to the
total unit process costs ip order to  develop  the  total  capital  cost
requirements:

                                  Percent of Unit
           Item                     Process Capital Cost

    Electrical                         12
    Piping                             15
    Instrumentation                     8
    Site work                           3
    Engineering Design and Construction
      Supervision Fees                 15
    Construction Contingency           15

Land  costs  were computed independently and added directly to the total
capital costs.

Annual costs were computed using the following cost basis:

    Item                     Cost Allocation

    Amortization        10 percent of investment.
    Depreciation        5 year-straight line with zero salvage value.
    Operations and      Includes labor and supervision, chemicals
    Maintenance         sludge, hauling and disposal, insurance
                        and taxes  (computed at 2 percent of the
                        capital cost), and maintenance  (computed
                        at 4 percent of the capital cost)•
    Power               Based on $1.50/100 KWH for electrical power.
                                   147

-------
The short term capitalization and depreciation write-off period is  .that
which  is  presently  acceptable  under current Internal Revenue Service
Regulations pertaining to industrial pollution control equipment.
All cost data were computed in terms  of  August,  1971  dollars,
corresponds to an Engineering News Records (ENR)  value of 1580.
                         which
The  following  is a qualitative as well as a quantitative discussion of
the possible effects that variations in treatment technology  or  design
criteria could have on the total capital costs and annual costs.
    Technology or Design Criteria

1. Use aerated lagoons and sludge de-
   watering lagoons in place of the
   proposed treatment system.

2. Use earthern basins with a plastic
   liner in place of reinforced concrete
   construction, and floating aerators
   versus platform-mounted aerators
   with permanent-access walkways.
 Capital
Cost Differential

 1.  The cost reduction could
 be to 70 percent of the
 proposed figures.

 2.  cost reduction could be
 10 to 15 percent of the
 total cost.
   Place all treatment tankage above grade 3. Cost savings would depend
   to minimize excavation, especially if   on the individual situation.
   a pumping station is required in any
   case.  Use all-steel tankage to min-
   imize capital cost.
4. Minimize flow and maximize.concen-
   trations through extensive in-plant
   recovery and water conservation, so
   that other treatment technologies
    (e.g. incineration) may be economi-
   cally competitive.
4. Cost differential would
depend on a number of items,
e.g. age of plant, accessi-
bility to process piping,
local air pollution
standards, etc.
The  cost  requirements  for  implementing BPCTCA effluent standards are
presented in Tables 49 through 54.  The additional cost requirements for
implementing BATEA effluent standards are presented in Tables 55 and 60.


The following table summarizes the general ranges of  sludge  quantities
generated by small, medium, and large refineries in each subcategory.
                                   148

-------
   .Subcategory       cu m/yr 1        cu_yd/yr_^

    Topping           2.3-15          3-20
    Low Cracking      76-380        100 - 500
    High Cracking     380-2300      500 - 3000
    Petrochemical     460-3800      600 - 5000
    Lube              610-6900      800 - 9000
    Integrated        760-9200     1000 - 12000

              iWet-weight basis

Particular   plants  within  the  petrochemical,  lube,  and  integrated
subcategories  may be amenable to sludge  incineration  because  of  the
large  quantities  of sludge involved.  For example, sludge incineration
would reduce the previous quantities by about 90 percent.   Sludge  cake
is  80  percent water, which is evaporated during incineration, and more
than half of the remaining  (20 percent) solids  are  thermally  oxidized
during  incineration.   Sludge incineration costs were not evaluated for
those specific cases, because the particular economics depend to a large
degree on the accessibility of a  sanitary  landfill  and  the  relative
associated hauling costs.

The following discussion is presented to help visualize the complexities
involved  in evaluating cost effectiveness data.  Every treatment system
is composed of units  whose  design  basis  is  primarily  hydraulically
dependent,  organically  dependent,  or  a  combination of the two.  The
following is a list of the unit processes employed, and a  breakdown  of
  e design basis.


    Hydraulically           Organically         Hydraulically and
      Dependent              Dependent        Organically Dependent

    Pump station           Thickener          Aeration basin
    API separator          Aerobic Digestor   Oxygen transfer equipment
    Equalization           Vacuum filter      Air flotation Unit
    Neutralization
    Nutrient addition
    Sludge recycle pump
    Clarifier

The  annual  cost  associated  with  the  hydraulically  dependent  unit
processes is not a function of effluent level.  On the other  hand,  the
sizing  of  the organically dependent units should theoretically vary in
direct proportion to the effluent level:  e.g.  reducing the BOD5 removal
from 95 to 85 percent should reduce the sizes   of  the  sludge  handling
equipment   by   approximately  10  percent.    However,  there  are  two
complicating factors: 1) only a relatively  few sizes  of  commercially
available  equipment;  and  2) broad capacity ranges.  These two factors,
                                 149

-------
especially in regard to vacuum filters, tend to negate differentials, in
capital cost with decreasing treatment levels.
The  relationship  between  design  varying  contaminant  levels and
design of aeration basins and oxygen transfer equipment is somewhat more
complex.  The levels  are  dependent  on  the  hydraulic  flow,  organic
concentration, sludge settleability, and the relationship between mixing
and  oxygen  requirements.   For example, to reach a particular effluent
level, the  waste  water's  organic  removal  kinetics  will  require  a
particular  detention  time  at a given mixed-liquor concentration.  The
oxygen transfer capacity of the aerators may or may not be sufficient to
keep the mixed liquor suspended solids in suspension within the aeration
basin.  Therefore, the required horsepower would be -increased merely  to
fulfill   a   solids  mixing  requirement.   Alternatively,  the  oxygen
requirements may be such that  the  manufacturer's  recommended  minimum
spacing and water depth requirements would require that the basin volume
be increased to accommodate oxygen transfer requirements.  -

Non-Water Quality Aspects

The  major  nonwater  quality consideration which may be associated with
in-process control measures is the  use  of  and  alternative  means  of
ultimate  disposal of either liquid or solid wastes.  As the process Raw
Waste Load is reduced in volume, alternate disposal techniques  such  as
incineration,  ocean  discharge,  and  deep-well injection are feasible.
Recent regulations are tending  to  limit  the  applicability  of  ocean
discharge  and  deep-well  injection  because of the potential long-term
detrimental  effects  associated   with   these   disposal   procedures,
Incineration  may  be a viable alternative for highly concentrated was
streams.  However, associated air pollution and the need  for  auxiliar
fuel,  depending  on  the heating value of the waste, are considerations
which must be evaluated on an individual  basis  for  each  use.   Other
nonwater  quality aspects, such as noise levels, will not be perceptibly
affected.  Most refineries generate  fairly  high  noise  levels   (85-95
dB(A))  witHin  the  battery  limits because of equipment such as pumps,
compressors, steam jets, flare stacks, etc.  Equipment  associated  with
in-process or end-of-pipe control systems would not add significantly to
these  levels.   In some cases, substituting vacuum pumps for steam jets
would in fact reduce plant  noise  levels.   There  are  no  radioactive
nuclides  used  in the industry, other than in instrumentation.  Thus no
radiation problems will be expected,  compared  to  the  odor  emissions
possible  from  other  refinery  sources,  odors  from  the  waste water
treatment plants are not  expected  to  create  a  significant  problem.
However,  odors are possible from the waste water facilities, especially
from the possible stripping of ammonia and sulfides in the air flotation
units, and from accidental anaerobic conditions in biological facilities
during upsets.
                                  150

-------
The*extra power required for waste water treatment and  control  systems
    negligible compared to the total power requirements of the petroleum
         equipment.
                                   151

-------
                      TABLE  49

BPCTCA ESTIMATED WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS FOR THE TOPPING SUBCATEGORY

            ( ENR 1580 - August, 1971 Costs)
                             Flow, innp M3/p«y  (GPP)
Tota.l Capital Cost

Annual Cost

    Capital Costs

    Depreciat ion

    Operating and
      Maintenance

    Energy and
      Powe r

    Total Annual Cost
0.091 (  25.000 )

      $390,000



      $ 39,000

      $  78,000

      $ 31,200


      $  9,800
                                0.32  ( 85.000)

                                       $600,000



                                       $ 60,000

                                       $120,000

                                       $ 1+8,000


                                       $ 16,000
                  $158,000
                            $244,000
0.68 (180.000)

      $773,000



      $ 77,000

      $155,000

      $64,000


      $ 24,000


      $320,000
                          152

-------
                               TABLE sp                   .

        BPCTCA ESTIMATED WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS FOR THE LOW-CRACKING SUBCATEGORY

                      ( ENR 1580 - August, 1971 Costs)


                                       Flow, 1000 M3/Day  (GPD)
Total Capital Cost

Annual Cost

    Capital Costs

    Depreciat ion

    Operating and
      Maintenance

    Energy and
     ' Power

    Total Annual Cost
n 07 (260,000}
$876,000
$ 88,000
$175,000
$ 70,000
$ 26,000
$359,000
2.06 t
$1
$
$
$
$
$
540.000}
,214,000
121,000
243,000
97,000
38,000
499,000
k ft M
.300,000^
$2,100,000
$
$
$
$
$
210,000
420, 000
170,000
74,000
874,000
                                       153

-------
                              TABLE 51

        BPCTCA ESTIMATED WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS FOR THE HIGH-CRACKING SUBCATEGOR'.

                     ( ENR 1580 - August, 197! Costs )
                                       Flow, 1000 M3/Day  (GPD)
Total Capital Cost

Annual Cost

    Capital Costs

    Depreciat ion

    Operating and
      Maintenance

    Energy and
      Power

    Total Annual Cost
2-0 (  525.000 )

      $1,083,000


      $   108,000

      $   217,000

      $   87,000


      $   37,000
                                            5.09  (1.350.000)  .11-9 ( 3,200,000)
     $  449,000
$2,183,000



$  218,000

$  437,000

$  178,000


$   76,000


$  909/000
$4,533,000



$  453,000

$  90 7,00

$  386,000


$  145,000


$1,89hOOO
                                        154

-------
                               TABLE  88

       •  BPCTCA ESTIMATED WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS FOR PETROCHEMICAL SUBCATEGORY
                       ( ENR 1580 - August, 1971 Costs )
                                       Flow, 1000 M3/Day (GPD)
                        2.1* (625.000)       9.5 (2.500.000)    18.9 (5.000.000)

Total Capital Cost           $1,280,000          $3,910,000          $5,870,000

Annual Cost

    Capital Costs            $  128,000          $  391,000          $  587,000

    Depreciation             $  256,000          $  782,000          $1,17^,000

    Operating and            $  102,000          $  330,000          $  511,000
      Maintenance

    Energy and               $   43,000          $  120,000          $  200,000
      Powe r
    Total  Annual  Cost  .      $  52.9,000          $1,623,000          $2,^72,000
                                      155

-------
                               TABLE 53

          BPCTCA ESTIMATED WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS FOR THE LUBE SUBCATEGORY

                        ( ENR 1580"- August, 1971 Costs)
                                       Flow, 1000 M3/Day (GPD)
Total Capital Cost

Annual Cost

    Capital Cost

    Depreciation

    Operating and
      Maintenance

    Energy and
      Power

    Total Annual Cost
3-5 (925.000)      15.^ (MOO,OOP)       35  (9,250.000)

     $1,920,000           $5,230,000           $9,990,000
     $   192,000

     $   384,000

     $   154,000


     $    58,000


     $   788,000
$  523,000

$1,046,000

$  449,000


$  172,000


$2,190,000
$  999,000

$1,998,000

$  899,000


$  325,000


$4,221,000
                                      156

-------
                               TABLE  54

          BPCTCA ESTIMATED WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS  FOR  THE INTEGRATED SUBCATEGORY

                         ( ENR  1580 - August,  1971  Costs)
                                       Flow, 1000 M3/Day  (GPD)
                       in.fi  (? ,000,noo    25.5  ft.ooo.QOO)     54.0  (15.000.000)

Total Capital Cost         $  4,410,000     .    :$7,890,000            $14,850,000

Annual Cost

    Capital Cost            $ Ul-'}00D          $  789,000            $ 1,1*85,000

    Depreciation            $ 882,000          $1,578,000            $ 2,970,000

    Operating and           $ 367,000          $  657,000            $ 1,237,000
      Maintenance

    Energy and              $ 141,000          $'  25^,000            $   479,000
      Power
    Total Annual Cost        1,831,600'        $3,278,000           $ 6,171,000
                                        157

-------
                               TABLE 55

               ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS FOR

                         BATEA  TECHNOLOGY _ TOPPING SUBCATEGORY
                     ( ENR 1580 - August, 1971 Costs )
                                       Flow, 1000 M3/Day (GPD)
Total Capital Cost

Annual Cost

    Capital Cost

    Depreciation

    Operating and
      Maintenance

    Energy and
      Power

    Total Annual Cost
0.91 (25.000)

      $295,000



      $ 30,000

      $ 59,000

      $ 72,500


      $  6,500
0.32 (85.000)

      $612,000



      $ 61,000

      $122,000

      $89,900


      $  9,000
      $168,000
      $281,000
0.68.(180.000)

      $9^3,000



      $ 9MOO

      $187,000

      $101,000


      $ 10,000


      $392,000
                                     158

-------
                               TABLE 56

             ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS FOR

                       BATEA TECHNOLOGY  -  LOW CRACKING SUBCATEGORY

                  ( ENR 1580 - August, 1971  Costs )
                                       riow.  1000  M3/Day  (GPD)
                       0.97 (260,000)      2.06  C-^L922j      U.8  ( 1.300.000)

Total Capital Cost           $1,16^,00           $1,769,000          $2,895,000

Annual Cost                       .

    Capital Cost             $  116,000          $  177,000          $  290,000

    Depreciation             $  233,000          $  35^,000          $  579,000

    Operating and            $  106,000          $  S'MOO           $  152,000
      Maintenance

    Energy and               $  10,000           $  15,000           $   25,000
      Power         '              .
    Total Annual Cost        $^65,000            $6^0,000            $1,0^*6,000
                                      159

-------
                               TABLE 57

             ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS FOR

                       BATEA TECHNOLOGY - HIGH CRACKING SUBCATEGORY '

                   ( ENR 1580 - August, 1971 Costs )



                                       Flow, 1000 M3/Day (GPD)
                        2.0  (525.000)      5-09 (1.350.000)    11.9 (3.200.000)

Total Capital Cost           $1,720,000          $2,950,000          $4,890,000

Annual Cost

    Capital Cost             $  172,000          $  295,000          $  489,000

    Depreciation             $  344,000          $  590,000          $  978,000

    Operating and            $  121,000          $  155,000          $  211,000
    Maintenance

    Energy and               $   15,000          $   25,000          $   44,000
    Powe r
    Total  Annual  Cost        $  652,000          $1,065,000          $1,722,000
                                      L60

-------
                               TABLE  58

             ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS FOR

                        BATEA TECHNOLOGY - Petrochemical Subcategory
                    ( ENR  1580 - August, 1971 Costs )



                                        Flow,
                        2,1* (625.000)       9.5 ( 2.500.000)     18.9( 5.000.000)

Total Capital Cost           $1,875,000          $4,200,000          $6,220,000

Annual Cost

    Capital Cost             $  188,000          $  420,000          $  622,000

    Depreciation             $  375,000          $  840,000          $1,244,000

    Operating and            $  125,000          $  192,000          $  270,000
      Mai ntenance

    Energy and               $   16,000          $   38,000          $   60,000
      Powe r '                                             . .
    Total  Annual Cost        $  604,000          $1,490,000          $2,196,000
                                    161

-------
                             TABLE 29

           ESTIMATED   ADDITIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS FOR
                      BATEA TECHNOLOGY - Lube Subcategory
                  ( ENR 1580 - August, 1971 Costs )
                                       Flow, 1000 M3/Day (GPD)
                        3.5 (925.000)      15.1* (*t.OOP.OOP)      35 f9.250.OOP)

Total Capital Cost           $2,360,000          $5,600,000          $8,890,OOP

Annual Cost

    Capital Cost             $  236,PPP          $   560,000          $  889,000

    Depreciation             $  ^72,000          $1,120,000      '    $1,778,000

    Operating and            $  139,000          $  236,000          $  370,000
      Maintenance

    Energy and               $   20,000          $   52,000          $   95,000
      Power                   		          	•
    Total Annual Cost        $  867,000          $1,968,000          $3,132,000
                                         162

-------
                                  TABLE $(J




                 ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS FOR




                       BATEA  TECHNOLOGY - INTEGRATED SUBCATEGORY




                           (ENR - August, 1971 Costs)
Total Capital Cost




Annual Cost
    Total Annual Cost
                                         Flow, 1000 M3/Day (GPP)
10.8 (3,000,000)    25-5 (7,000,000)    5^.0 (15,000,000)




     $U,750 ,000          $7,600,000  •        $10,100,000
Capital Cost
Depreciation
Operating and
Maintenance
Energy and
Power
$
$
$
$
1*75
950
206
U3
,000
,000
,000
,000
$
$1
' $
$
760
,520
329
68
,000
,000
,000
,000
$
$
$
$
1,010
2,020
i+39
107
,000
,000
,000
,000
     $1,67^,000
$2,677,000
$ 3,576,000
                                        163

-------
                               SECTION IX

             BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY CURRENTLY
                    AVAILABLE--EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS


Based on the information contained in Sections III through VIII of  this
report,  effluent  limitations  commensurate  with  the best practicable
control technology currently available have been  established  for  each
petroleum  refining  subcategory.  The limitations, which explicitly set
numerical values for the  allowable  pollutant  discharges  within  each
subcategory, are presented in Table 1.  The effluent limitations specify
allowable  discharges of BODS, COD, TOC, total suspended solids, oil and
grease, phenolic compounds, ammonia (N), sulfides, total and  hexavalent
chromium  and  zinc;  based  upon  removals  which  are capable of being
attained through the application of BPCTCA pollution control technology.

The best practicable control technology currently available is based  on
both in-plant and end-of-pipe technology.  BPCTCA in-plant technology is
based.  on  control  practices  widely used within the petroleum refining
industry, and include the following:

    1.  Installation of sour water strippers to reduce  the  sulfide  and
    ammonia concentrations entering the treatment plant.

    2.   Elimination  of once-through barometric condenser water by using
    surface condensers  or  recycle  systems  with  oily  water  cooling
    towers.

    3.   Segregation of sewers, so that unpolluted storm runoff and once-
    through cooling waters are not treated normally with the process and
    other polluted waters.

    4.  Elimination of polluted once-through cooling water, by monitoring
    and repair of surface condensers or by use of wet  and  dry  recycle
    systems.

BPCTCA  end-of-pipe  treatment technology is based on the existing waste
water treatment processes  currently  used  in  the  Petroleum  Refining
Industry.   These  consist  of equalization and storm diversion; initial
oil and solids removal  (API  separators  or  baffle  plate  separators);
further  oil and solids removal  (clarifiers, dissolved air flotation, or
filters); carbonaceous waste removal  (activated sludge, aerated lagoons,
oxidation ponds, trickling filter, activated carbon, or combinations  of
these);  and  filters   (sand,  dual  media;  or  multi-media)  following
biological treatment methods.   It  must  be  recognized  that  specific
treatability studies are required prior to the application of a specific
treatment system to the individual refinery.
                                   165

-------
Granular  media  filtration  or polishing ponds prior to final discharge
are included so that the total suspended solids and  oil  concentrations
in  the  final  effluent can be generally maintained at approximately
mg/1 and 5 mg/1, respectively.  The final polishing step  is  consider
BPCTCA  for the petroleum refining industry since several refineries al
now using polishing ponds,  and  granular  media  filters  are  becoming
excepted  technology  with  a  few installations operating currently and
several more now under construction.

In a petroleum refinery the waste water treatment plant should  be  used
to  treat only polluted waters.  All once^through cooling water or storm
runoff which is unpolluted  should  be  segregated  as  it  dilutes  ,the
polluted  waters  and  requires  treatment of a greater flow.  Flows for
BPCTCA were based on the 50 percent probability of occurance  flows  for
plants practicing recycle with less than 3 percent heat removal by once-
through  cooling  water   (on  a  dry  weather  basis).   Recognizing the
additional flows and waste loads associated with rain runoff and ballast
waters, allocations for these added flows must be given based on  strict
segregation of runoff and ballast waters treated.

PROCEDURE FOR DEVELOPMENT OF BPCTCA EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS

The  effluent  guideline limitations were determined using effluent data
from refineries visited  during  this  project  or  attainable  effluent
concentrations and the median flow from the refineries with 3 percent or
less  of  the heat removed by once-through cooling water.  In some cases
the available data from the refineries visited was considered to be  too
stringent to be met by the industry in general.  In these cases the flj
and concentration procedure was used.  The median flows are presented!
Table  21,  Section  V.   The  attainable  concentrations for BPCTCA
presented in Table 61.  Refinery data are  presented  in  Tables  2Ur26,
Section VII.
flow
W
Several   exceptions  to  this  procedure  were  required  to  establish
meaningful  effluent  limitations  in  specific  cases.   These  are  as
follows:

    Topping,   Low   Cracking,   Petrochemical,   Lube,  and  Integrated
Subcategories - Ammonia as Nitrogen

The ammonia as nitrogen effluent limitations were calculated using an 80
percent reduction from the median raw wa'ste loads in each subcategory.

    Low Cracking, High Cracking, Petrochemial and Lube  Subcategories
TOC

Little  data  is  available on the reduction of TOC.  Available  effluent
data indicate an effluent TOC/BOD. ratio  of  1.8.   Using  this  factor,
effluent  limitations  for  TOC,  were based on BOD5 limitations.  It is
recognized that this ratio  (TOC/BOD) is variable between the refineries.
                                    166

-------
and iprior to use, an agreed upon correlation should be developed for the
individual refinery.

    Topping Subcategory - TOC

Application of the procedure outlined above yielded a TOC value  of  2,7
lb/1000  bblr  which  is  higher  than the median raw waste load for the
topping subcategory.  Therefore, the median .raw  waste  load  value  was
used for the topping subcategory TOC effluent limitations.

    Topping Subcategory - COD

The  COD  effluent  limitation  was  calculated  using the COD/BOD ratio
determined from published refinery data.  This ratio was applied to  the
BOD_5  removal for the topping subcategory A to determine the COD removal
efficiency.

The long term (annual or design) average effluent limitations determined
are contained in table 62.

Statistical Variability  of  a  Properly  Designed  and  Operated  Waste
Treatment Plant

The  effluent  from  a  properly  designed  and operated treatment plant
changes continually due to a variety of factors.  Changes in  production
mix, production rate and reaction chemistry influence the composition of
raw  wasteload  and, therefore, its treatability.  Changes in biological
   •tors influence the efficiency of the  treatment  process.   A  common
   icator of the pollution characteristics of the discharge from a plant
is  the  long-term  average of the effluent load, however, the long-term
(e.g., design or yearly) average is not a suitable parameter on which to
base an enforcement  standard.   However,  using  data  which  show  the
variability  in  the  effluent load, statistical analyses can be used to
compute short-term limits  (monthly  or  daily)  which  should  never  by
exceeded,  provided that the plant is designed and run in the proper way
to achieve the desired long-term average load.  It is  these  short-term
limits on which make up the effluent guidelines.

In  order to reflect the variabilities associated with properly designed
and operated treatment plants for each of the' parameters  as  discussed
above,  a  statistical analysis was made of plants where sufficient data
was available to determine these variances for day-to-day and  month-to-
month  operations.  The standard deviations for day-to-day and month-to-
month operations were calculated.  For the purpose of determing effluent
limitation a variability factor was defined as follows:

      Standard deviation                     = Q
      Long-term average (yearly or design)    = x
      Variability factor                y = x+20.
                                   167

-------
The annual average is multiplied by the variability factor to  determine
the  effluent  limitation  guideline  for  each parameter.  The
limitation guideline as calculated by  use  of  the  variability
based  on. two  standard  deviations is only exceeded 2-3 percent of the
time for a plant that is attaining the long-term average.  The data used
for the variability analysis came from plants under voluntary operation.
As a result of the application of mandatory requirements,  the  effluent
limitation  guidelines  as  discussed  in this paragraph should never be
exceeded.by a properly designed and operated waste treatment facility.

The variability factors used are contained in Table 63.    These  factors
for  each ' parameter  except total and hexavalent chromium and zinc were
calculated from long-term refinery data.  The factors for total chromium
and zinc are the same as that used for suspended solids  since  both  of
these  metallic  ions  are  removed as insoluble salts.   The variability
factor for hexavalent chromium was based  on  the  sulfide  variability.
The  guidelines  for  BPCTCA  presented  in  table  1  have  taken  into
consideration the above variability factors.
                                      168

-------
                                  TABLE  61
            Attainable Concentrations from the Application of
         Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available
         Parameter

            BOD5

            COD

            TOC

            SS

            0 & G

            Phenol

            NH3-N

            Sulfide

            CrT

            Ct6

            Zh
Concentration mg/1

     15

     80

     *(1.8 x BOD5)

     10

      5

      0.1

     *(80% removal)

      0.1

       .25

       .005

       .5
*See Text
                                   169

-------
Refinery
Subcategory

Topping

Lou-Cracking

Kigh-Cracking

Petrochemical

Lube

Intergrated

Runoff(2)

BallastO)
   BOD5

 4.3(1.5)

 6.0(2.1)

 8.0(2.8)

 9.1(3.2)
 f
10.7(3.8)
                COD
  TOC

4.9(1.7)
               16.0(5.6)

               39.1(13.8)   10.8(3.8)

               68.0(24.0)   14.4(5.0)

               59.5(21.0)   16.3(5.7)'

               95.5(33.7)   19.4(6.0)

   16.1(5.7)   124.5(43.9)   29.1(10.3)

0.015(0.125)    ,0.12(1.0)    0.027(0.225)

0.015(0.125)     0.15(1.250) 0.027(0.225)
TABLE 62
BPCTCA
mOLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS
ras of Pollutants/1000 Cubic Meters Feedstock (1) Per Stream Day
lly Pounds of Pollutant/1000 BEL of Feedstock Per Stream Day)
Total
Suspended Solids
2.9(1.0)
4.0(1.4)
5.1(1.8)
6.0(2.1)
8.8(3.1)
10.8(3.8)
0.010(0.083)
0-010(0.083)
Oil 4 Grease
1.4(0.5)
2.0(0.7)
2.5(0.88)
3.1(1.10)
4.3(1.5)
5.4(1.9)
0.0050(0.042)
0.0050(0.042)
Phenolic
Compounds
0.03(0.01)
0.040(0.014)
0.051(0.018)
0.065(0.023)
0.088(0.031)
0.111(0.039)
— '
—
Ammonia (N)
1.0(0.35)
2.0(0.70)
4.5(1.60)
6.8(2.46)
4.5(1.60)
7.1(2.5)
—
—
Sulfide
0.028(0.010)
0.040(0.014)
0.050(0.018)
0.060(0.021)
0.088(0.031)
0.111(0.039)
—
—
Total
Chromium
0.071(0.025)
0.100(0.035)
0.115(0.044)
0.148(0.052)
0.219(0.077)
0.278(0.098)
—
-
Hexavalent
Chromium Zinc
0.0014(0.0005) 0.142(0.050)
0.0020(0.0007) 0.202(0.071)
0.0025(0.0009) 0. 249(0. 0£8)
0.0029(0 0010) 0.297(0.104)
0.0044(0.0015) 0.436(0.154)
0.0055(0.0020) 0.555(0.196)


 (1)   Feedstock -crude oil and/or natural gas liquids '
 (2)   The  additional allocation being allowed for contaminated storm runoff flow (kg/1000 liters
      (lbs/1000 gallons)  shall be based solely on that storm flow which passes through the treatment
      system.   All additional storm runoff, that has been segregated from the main waste stream, shall
      not  show a visible  sheen or exceed a TOC concentration of 15 mg/1 when discharged.

 (3)   This is  an additional allocation, based on ballast water intake (daily average)
      kilograms per 1000  liters (pounds per 1000 gallons)

-------
                                               TABLE 63

                           VARIABILITY FACTORS BASED ON PROPERLY DESIGNED
                               AND OPERATED WASTE TREATMENT FACILITIES


                 BODi-    COD    TOG    TSS    0 & G    Phenol    Ammonia    Sulfide     CrT    Cr6    Zn_

Daily
Variability      2.1     2.0    1.6    2.0     2.0      2.1*       2.0          2.2       2.0    2.2    2.0

Monthly
Variability      1.7     1.6    1.3    1.7     1.6      1.7       1.5          I.1*       1.7    l.U    1.7

-------
                               SECTION X

                 BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY
                   ACHIEVABLE ~ EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS


The application of best available technology economically achievable  is
being  defined  as  further  reductions  of water flows in-plant and the
addition of a physical - chemical  treatment  step  (activated  carbon),
end-of-pipe.   The  limitations,  which  set  numerical  values  for the
allowable pollutant discharges within each  subcategory  for  BATEA  are
presented  in  Table  2.   Although there are specific systems which can
effectively reduce the water usage from a particular process  to  nearly
zero,  these  "zero,  discharge"  systems  cannot  be  uniformly  applied
throughout the refinery to develop "zero  discharge"  criteria  for  the
entire refinery.

BATEA in-plant technology is based on control practices now practiced by
some  plants  in  the  petroleum  refining  industry,  and  include  the
following:

     (1)  Use of air cooling equipment.
     (2)  Reuse of sour water stripper bottoms in crude desalters.
     (3)  Reuse of once-through cooling water as make-up to the
        water treatment plant.
     (U)  Using waste water treatment plant effluent as cooling water,
        scrubber water, and influent to the water treatment plant.
     (5)  Reuse of boiler condensate as boiler feedwater.
     (6)  Recycle of water from coking operations.
     (7)  Recycle of waste acids from alkylation units.
     (8)  Recycle of overhead water in water washes.
     (9)  Reuse overhead accumulator water in desalters.
     (10)Use of closed compressor and pump cooling
        water system.
     (11)Reuse of heated water from the vacuum overhead condensers
        to heat the crude.  This reduces the amount of cooling water
        needed.
     (12)Use of rain runoff as cooling tower make-up or
        water treatment plant feed.
     (13)other methods.

Flow

Flow reductions proposed for BATEA  effluent  limitations. were  derived
from  further  analysis  of  the  1972  National  Petroleum  Waste  Water
Characterization Studies.  The flows from refineries  in each subcategory
meeting the BPCTCA flow basis were averaged to determine the flow   basis
for  establishment  of  BATEA  effluent limitations.  That these average
flows are achievable within the petroleum refining industry  is  readily
demonstrable, by determining the number and geographical distribution of
                                 173

-------
refineries  in  the  United  states  currently  at,   or  lower than,» the
proposed BATEA flows.  There are 3 to 5 refineries in each  of  the  six
subcategories  which have flows less than or equal to the proposed B
effluent limitations.  These refineries range in size  from  827,000
69,000,000  cubic  meters  per  stream day (5,200 to 434,000 barrels per
stream day), and range in cracking capacity from 0 to 106 percent.   The
geographical  distribution of these refineries indicates that good water
practices, and consequently low waste water flows, are not  confined  to
water  -  short  areas  or cool climates, but are located throughout the
United States.  Within this group of refineries  with  low-water  usage,
there  are  refineries  located  in  both  high  rainfall  and dry areas
(Washington and New Mexico)   and  areas  of  extreme  temperatures  (New
Mexico and Texas to Alaska and Minnesota).

Consequently, these flows, shown in Table 64, were used as the basis for
establishment  of  BATEA  effluent  limitations.   The objective of this
basis for flow is to provide inducement for in-plant reduction  of  both
flow  and contaminant loadings prior to end-of-pipe treatment.  However,
it is not the intent of these effluent limitations to specify either the
unit waste water  flow  which  must  be  achieved  or  the  waste  water
treatment  practices  which must be employed at the individual petroleum
refinery.

The end-pf-pipe system proposed for BATEA technology  is  based  on  the
addition  of  activated  carbon  adsorption in fixed bed columns, to the
treatment system proposed as BPCTCA technology.

Procedure for Development of BATEA Effluent Limitations

The effluent limitations proposed for  BATEA  technology  are  based  on
refinery  pilot  plant  data,  which  indicate the percentage reductions
achievable or concentrations achievable  for  effluents  from  activated
carbon adsorption systems.  These data are presented in table 65.

These  concentrations were then used in conjunction with the BATEA flows
from Table 65 or the percentage reductions were applied  to  the  BPCTCA
effluent   limit.    The   daily  annual  average  effluent  limitations
determined are contained in Table 66.

Since these effluent limitations are based upon pilot plant data,  which
have,  not  been fully demonstrated in full-scale installations as actual
performance data becomes available, the effluent  limitations  presented
in Table 2 may require revision.

Variability Allowance for Treatment Plant Performance

The   effluent   limitations  presented . in  Table  2  have  taken  into
consideration the variability factors, as in BPCTCA.  Since there is not
enough performance data  from  physical  -  chemical  treatment  systems
                                 174

-------
available  at this time to determine variability, the ratios established
for'BPCTCA have been used.
                                    175

-------
Siibcategory


Topping

Lov-Cracking

High-Cracking

Petrochemical

Lube

Integrated
                                  TABLE 64

                           FLOW BASIS FOR DEVELOPING
                          BATEA EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS
Flow, per unit throughout
M3/M3               Gallons/BBL
 0.17
 0.26
 0.33
 0.36
 0.73
 0.76
 7
11
\k
15

30.5
31.5
                                         176

-------
                              BATEA REDUCTIONS IN POLLUTANT LOADS ACHIEVABLE BY
                                    APPLICATION OF ACTIVATED CARBON TO

                               MEDIA FILTRATION EFFLUENT BPCTCA
Parameter
Type of Data
Achievable
Refinery Effluent
References

BOD
COD
TOC
TSS
on
Phenols
Ammonia
Sulfldes

Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
No

lot
lot
lot
lot
lot
lot
lot

Plant
Plant
Plant
Plant
Plant
Plant
Plant
mq/L % Reduction
5 - 21,
75 21,
15 - 17,
5 - 31A
1-1.7 80 3iA
0.02 99 31A
60 27

27,31A,U8,62A
27, 31A, 1*7,53,<
31A,1*8,62A
JU8,53,62A
,1*8,62A
,U8,62A
,31A,62A
data

-------
                                                                           TABLE 66
                                                                            BATEA

                                          Annual Average Daily Kilograns of Pollutants/1000 Cubic Meters  of  Feedstock (1) Per Stream Day
                                           (Annual Average Daily Pounds of Pollutants/1000 B3L of Feedstock  Per Stream Day)
   Refinery
Subcategory
                  BODS
                               COD
                                            TOC
                0.82 (0.29)  2.3 (0.82)   2.5  (0.87)   0.82  (0.29)

                1.31 (0.46)  8.0 (2.8)    4.0  (1.4)

                                          5.1  (1.8)

                                          5.4  (1.9)
Toppi-g

Low-Cracking

Kigh-Crackir.g   1.65 (0.58) 12.8  (4.5)

Petrochemical   1.80 (0.63)  7.1  (2.5)

Lube            3.59 (1.27) 23.5  (8.3)   10.8  (3.8)

Integrated      3.70 (1.31). 21.2  (7.5)   11.0  (3.9)


Runoff (2)    0.0050 (0.042) 0.014  (0.12) 0.016  (0.13)  0.0050  (0.042)    0.0010  (0.009)

Ballast (3)   0.0050 (O.C42) 0.019  (0.16) 0.016  (0.13)  0.0050  (0.042)    0.0010  (0.009)


   (1)  Feedstock - Crude oil and/cr natural gas  liquids.
   (2)  The additional allocation being allowed  for contaminated'storm runoff  flow  (kg/1000  liters
        (Ibs/lOCO gallons) shall be based solely  on that storm  flow which passes  through  the treatment
        system.  All additional stora runoff,  that has been segregated frOE the main waste stream,  shall
        net show a visible sheen or exceed a TOC  concentration  of 15 r.g/1 when discharged.
   (3)  This is an additional allocation, based on ballast water intake  (daily average) kilograms
        per 1000 liters (pounds per 1000 gallons).
Total Suspended Oil £.
Solids Grease
0.82
1.3
1.7
1.8
3.6'
3.7
(0.29)
(0.46)
(0.58)
(0.63)
(1.27)
(1.31)
0.17
0.26
0.34
0.37
0.71
0.74
(0.06)
(0.09)
(0.12)
(0.13)
(0.25)
(0.26)
Phenolic
Compounds
0.0031
0.0050
0.0060
0.0090
0.014
0.015
(0.0011)
(0.0018)
(0.0023)
(0.0025)
(0.0051)
(0.0053)
Aramonia (N)
0.23
0.51
0.82
1.65
1.50
1.94
(0.08)
(0.18)
(0.29)
(0.58)
(0.53)
(0.68)
Sulfide
0.017
0.026
0.034
0.054
0.074
0.074
(0.006)
(0.009)
(0.012)
(0.019)
(0.026)
(0.026)
Total
Chromium
0.042
0.065
0.082
0.088
0.18
0.19
(0.015)
(0.023)
(0.029)
(0.031)
(0.064)
(0.066)
Hexavalent
Chror.iun
0.00084
0.0013
0.0016
0.0018
0.0037
0.0037
(0.0003)
(0.00045)
(0.0005S)
(0.00062)
(0.00127)
(0.00131)
Zirc
0,032
0.13
0.16
0.18
0.36
0.38
(0.029)
(C.046)
(C.05S)
(0.063)
(0.127)
(0.131)
     CD

-------
                               SECTION XI

                    NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS


Recommended effluent limitations for new  source  performance  standards
are based upon the application of BPCTCA control technology to the waste
water  flows  used  as  the  basis  for BATEA effluent limitations.  The
proposed BADT effluent limitations are shown in Table 3.

The  refining  technology  available  today  does  not  call  for  major
innovations  in refining processes.  Basically, BADT refining technology
consists  of  the  same  fundamental  processes  which  are  already  in
practice, with few modifications and additions.  However, a major design
criterion  for  new refinery capacity is reuse/ recycle of water streams
to the greatest extent possible, in  order  to  minimize  discharges  to
waste water treatment facilities.  Consequently, the water flow on which
new  source  performance  standards  were based is identical to the best
available technology economically achievable flow,  which  reflects  the
best  water  usage  as  demonstrated in the petroleum refining industry.
These flows are shown in Table 65.

It should be clearly understood that no recommendations have been  made,
nor  are  any  implied,  regarding  the  substitution of processes which
produce a lower raw waste load for others with higher raw waste load.

This is based on the consideration  that  the  choice  of  a  particular
   «mercial  route  is governed largely by the availability of feedstocks
    on the conditions in the product markets.  Companies produce a given
    of products  based  on  their  particular  marketing  and  feedstock
position within the industry.  The substitution of a cleaner process may
be  possible  for  new  producers  from  a  technical point of view, but
completely impossible based on  limited  availability  of  the  required
alternative  feedstocks  or  on  the  lack of viable markets for new co-
products.

The waste water  treatment  technology  recommended  for  BADT  effluent
limitations  is  the  same  as called for by BPCTCA and does not include
physical - chemical treatment, because  that  technology  has  not  been
sufficiently demonstrated by the petroleum refining industry.

Procedure for Development of BADT Effluent Limitations

The  effluent  limitations proposed for BADT technology are based on the
concentrations considered achievable by.BPCTCA and the flows from BATEA.
The daily annual average effluent limitations thus determined  are  con-
tained in Table 67.
                                  179

-------
Variability Allowance for Treatment Plant Performance

The guideline numbers presented in Table .3 have taken into considerati
the  variability  factors, as in BPCTCA.  Since the treatment technol
and process technology for BADT are  the  same  as  BPCTCA,  the  rati
established for BPCTCA have been used in BADT.
                                  180

-------
                                                                                   TABLE   6 7
                                                                                     BADT

                                                   NEK SOURCE PERFORMANCE  STANDARDS  FOR THE  PETROLEUM RT.Fi:;iNG INDUSTRY
                                              Ar.nual Daily Kilograr.s of Pollutants/1000 Cubic  Xeters of  Feedstock (1) Per Stream Day
                                               (Annual Average Daily Pounds of Pollutants/1000 BBL of Feedstock Per Streatm Day
   Refinery
                  BODS         COD         TOC

                2.5  (0.83)   9.4  (3.3)    2.9 (1.0)
Topping

lev-Cracking    4.0  (1.4)   25.2  (8.9)    7.1 (2.5)

Kirr.-Cracki-g   5.1  (1.8)   45.3  (16.0)   9.1 (3.2)

Petrochemical   5.4  (1.9)   35.7  (12.6)   9.7 (3.4)

Lube            8.8  (3.1)   78.7  (27.7)  15.9 (5.6)

Ir.tegrated     11.1  (3.9)   85.5  (3C.1)  20.2 (7.1)
   «

sur-aff. (2)   O.C14 (C.12)   0.056 (0.47)  0.017  (0.14)

Ballast (3)  0.014 (0.12)   O.C72 (0.60)  0.017  (0.14)
 Total Suspended
	Solids	

 1.65 (0.5S)

 2.6  (0.92)

 3.4  (1.2)

 3.7  (1.3)

 7.1  (2.5)

 7.4  (2.6)


 0.011 (0.09)

 0.011 (0.09)
                                                                              Oil  &
                                                                              Grease
               Phenolic
               Compounds
Ar-.or.ia (N)
0.83 (0.29)  0.017 (0.0058)   0.57  (0.20)

1.32 (0.46)  0.026 (0.0092)   1.28  (0.45)

1.65 (0.58)  0.034 (0.012)    3.1   (1.1)

1.8  (0.63)  0.036 (0.0125)   4.0   (1.4)

3.5  (1.24)  0.074 (0.026)    3.7   (1.3)

3.7  (1.30)  0.077 (0.027)    4.S   (1.7)


0.0050 (0.042)

0.0050 (0.042)
                                                                                                                              Sulfide
                                    Total
                                  Chrorciu-
                0.016  (0.005S)   0.042  (0.015)

                0.026  (0.0092)   0.065  (0.023)

                0.034  (0.012)    0.082  (0.029)

                0.037  (0.013)    0.038  (0.031)

                0.072  (0.025)    0.18  (0.064)

                0.077  (0.027)    0.19  (0.066)
  Hexavalent
  Chroniua
                                                                                                                                                                                      Zinc
0.00034  (0.0003)    0.032 (0.029)

0.0013  (0.00045)    0.13  (O.C46)

0.0016  (0.00058)    0.16  (0.05S)

0.0018  (0.00062)    0.18  (0.063)

0.0037  (0.03127)    0.36  (0.127)

0.0037  (0.00131)    0.38  (0.131)
  (1)  raedstccV. - Crude oil  ar.d/or  natural gas liquids.
  (D  T'r.e additional allocation  being allovei! for cc.ntl-ir.atod stcrrr. runoff  flow  (kg/1000  liters
       (Ibs.'ICCO g^llcns)  shall be  b;uec solely on that storr. flcv vhich passes thcurgh  the  treatment
       syster..  All additicr.al storr. runoff, that has been segregated frcr. the r.ain v.iste stream,  shall
       net show a visible  sheen or  exceed a TCC'Concentration of 15 ;r.g/l when discharged.
  (3)  This is an additional  allocation, based on ballast vater intake  (daily average) kilograr.s
       per ICjO liters  (pounds per  10CC gallons).
 00

-------
                                     TABLE  68

                                   METRIC UNITS

                                 CONVERSION TABLE

MULTIPLY (ENGLISH UNITS)                   by                TO OBTAIN (METRIC UNITS)

    ENGLISH UNIT      ABBREVIATION    CONVERSION   ABBREVIATION   METRIC UNIT
acre                    ac
acre - feet             ac ft
British Thermal
  Unit                  BTU
British Thermal
  Unit/pound            BTU/lb
cubic feet/minute       cfm
cubic feet/second       cfs
cubic feet              cu ft
cubic feet              cu ft
cubic inches            cu in
degree Fahrenheit       F°
feet                    ft
gallon'                  gal
gallon/minute           gpm
horsepower              hp
inches                  in
inches of mercury       in Hg
pounds                  Ib
million gallons/day     mgd
mile                    mi
pound/square
  inch (gauge)          psig
square feet             sq ft
square inches           sq in
tons (short)            t
yard                    y
* Actual conversion, not a multiplier
0.405
1233.5
. 0.252
0.555
0.028
1.7
0.028
28.32
16.39
0.555(°F-32)*
. 0.3048
3.785
0.0631
0.7457
2.54
0.03342
0.454
3,785
1.609
(0.06805 psig +1)*
0.0929
6.452
0.907
0.9144
ha
cu m
kg cal
kg cal/kg
cu m/min
cu m/min
cu m
1
cu cm
°C
m
1
I/sec
kw
cm
atm
kg
cu m/day
km
atm
sq m
sq cm
kkg ^
m
hectares
cubic meters

kilogram - calories

kilogram calories/kilogram
cubic meters/minute
cubic meters/minute
cubic meters
liters
cubic centimeters
degree Centigrade
meters
liters
liters/second
killowatts
centimeters
atmospheres
kilograms
cubic meters/day
kilometer

atmospheres (absolute)
square meters
square centimeters
metric tons (1000 kilograms)
meters
                                         182

-------
                              SECTION XII

                            ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

This  Development Document was prepared for the Environmental Protection
Agency by the staff of Roy F. Weston, Inc., under the direction of  Clem
Vath,  Project  Director.  The following individuals of the staff of Roy
F. Weston, Inc.  made significant contributions to this effort:
    David Baker, Project Manager
    Michael Smith, Project Engineer
    M. Jotwani, Project Engineer


David L. Becker, Project Officer and Martin Halper,  Chemical  Engineer,
Effluent  Guidelines Division, contributed to the overall supervision of
this study, preparation of the draft  report  and  preparation  of  this
Development   Document.   Allen  Cywin,  Director,  Effluent  Guidelines
Division, Ernst P. Hall, Deputy Director, Effluent  Guidelines  Division
and   Walter  J.  Hunt,  Chief,  Effluent Guidelines Development Branch,
offered guidance and suggestions during this program.
                               •
The members of the working group/steering committee who coordinated  the
internal EPA review are:

    Allen Cywin, Effluent Guidelines Division
    Walter J. Hunt, Effluent Guidelines Division
    David Becker, Effluent Guidelines Division
    Martin Halper, Effluent Guidelines Division
    Leon Myers, Office of Research and Monitoring,  (Ada)
    William Bye, Region VIII
    Robert Twitch-ell, Region III
    Wayne Smith, National Field Investigation Center,  (Denver)
    Thomas Belk, Office of Permit Programs
    John Savage, Office of Planning and Evaluation
    Alan Eckert, office of General Counsel
    Phillip Bobel, Region IX
    Benigna Carroll, Office of Hazardous Materials Control
    Ned Burleson, Region VI
    Srini Vasan, Region V

Acknowledgement  and appreciation is also given to the secretarial staff
of both the Effluent Guidelines Division and Roy F.  Weston,  Inc.,  for
their  effort  in  the typing of the drafts and necessary revisions, and
the  final  preparation  of  the  effluent  guidelines  document.    The
following individuals are acknowledged for their contributions:

    Kit Krickenberger, Effluent Guidelines Division
    Kay Starr, Effluent Guidelines Division
    Brenda Holmone, Effluent Guidelines Division
    Chris Miller, Effluent Guidelines Division
                                   183

-------
    Sharon Ashe, Effluent Guidelines Division
    Susan Gillmann, Roy F. Weston, Inc.
    Judith Cohen, Roy F. Weston, Inc.

Appreciation  is  extended to staff members of EPA's Regions II, III, V,
VI, IX, and X offices and  the  Robert  S.  Kerr  Laboratory  for  their
assistance and cooperation.

Appreciation  is  extended  to  the  following  State  organizations for
assistance and cooperation given to this program.

    California, state Water Resources Control Board
    Illinois, Environmental Protection Agency
    Michigan, Water Resources commission
    Texas, Water Control Board
    Virginia, State Water Control Board
    Washington, Department of Ecology

Appreciation  is  extended  to  the  following  trade  associations  and
corporations for their assistance and cooperation given to this program.

    American Petroleum Institute
    Amerada Hess Corporation
    American Oil Company
    Ashland oil Inc.
    Atlantic Richfield Company
    Beacon Oil Company
    BP Oil Corporation
    Champlin Petroleum Company
    Coastal States Petrochemical Company
    Commonwealth Oil & Refining Company, Inc.
    Exxon, USA
    Gulf Oil Company
    Kerr - McGee Corporation
    Laketon Asphalt Refining, Inc.
    Leonard Inc.
    Lion Oil Company
    Marathon Oil Company
    OKC Refining Inc.
    Phillips Petroleum Company
    Shell Oil Company
    Sun Oil Company of Pennsylvania
    Texaco Inc.
    Union Oil Company of California
    United Refining Company
    U.S. Oil and Refining Company
                                    184

-------
                              SECTION XIII

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY
1.   American Petroleum Institute, "Petroleum  Industry  Raw  Waste  toad
    Survey," December, 1972.

2.   Annessen, R. J., and Gould, G.  D.,  "Sour  Water  Processing  Tui^ns
    Problem Into Payout," Chemical Engineering, March 22, 1971.
                                            \

3.   Annual-Refining Surveys, "Survey  of  Operating  Refineries  in  the
    U.S.," The Oil and Gas Journal, April 1, 1973.

3a.  Annual  Refining  Surveys,  "Survey  of Operating Refineries in the
    U.S.", The Oil and Gas Journal 1967.

4.   Armstrong, T. A., "There's Profit in Processing Foul Water," The Oil
    and Gas Journal, pp. 96-98, June 17, 1968.

5.   Beavon, David K., "Add-On Process Slashes Glaus Tailgas  Pollution,"
    Chemical Engineering, pp. 71-73, December 13, 1971.

6.   "The Beavon Sulfur Removal Process for the  Purification  of  Sulfur
    Plant Tailgas," Ralph M. Parsons Company Publication.

    Benger, M.,  "Disposal  of  Liquid  and  Solid  Effluents  from  Oil
    Refineries,"  21st  Purdue Industrial Waste Conference, pp. 759-767,
    1966.

8.   Beychok, M. R., Aqueous  Wastes  from  Petroleum  and  Petrochemical
    Plants, John Wiley 6 Sons, London, 1967.

9.   Beychok, M. R., "Waste water Treatment of Skelly  Oil  Company's  El
    Dorado,  Kansas  Refinery," 16th Purdue Industrial Waste Conference,
    pp. 292-303, 1961.

10. Brown, K. M., "Some  Treating  and  Pollution  Control  Process  for
    Petroleum Refineries," The Second INTERPETROL.Congress, Rome, Italy,
    June 22-27, 1971.

11. Brownstein, Arthur M., U.S. Petrochemicals, The Petroleum Publishing
    Co., Tulsa, Oklahoma, 1972.

12. Brunner, D. R., and Keller, D. J.,  "Sanitary  Landfill  Design  and
    Operation,"  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.,
    1972.
                                     185

-------
13.  Campbell,  G.  C., and Scoullar, G. R.,  "How  Shell  Treats  Oakville
    Effluent," Hydrocarbon Processing 6 Petroleum Refiner, 43  (5):  137-
    140,  May,  1964.

14.  "Chevron Waste Water Treating  Process,"  Chevron  Research  Company
    Publication,  September, 1968.

15.  Cohen,  J.  M., "Demineralization of  Waste  waters,"  Advanced  Waste
    Treatment and Water Reuse Symposium, Volume 2, February 23-24, 1971.

16.  Conser, R. E., "The Environmental Fuels  Processing  Facility,"  SNG
    Symposium, Institute of Gas Technology, Chicago, Illinois, March 12-*
    16, 1973.

17.  Gulp, R. L.,  and Gulp, G. L., Advanced Waste  water  Treatment,  Van
    Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York, 1971.

18.  Davis,  R.  W., Biehl, V. A., and Smith, R. M., "Pollution Control and
    Waste Treatment at an Inland Refinery," 19th Purdue Industrial Waste
    Conference, pp.  128-138, 1964.

19.  Daniels, E. K.,  Latz, J. R., Castler, L. A., "Pollution  Control  at
    Ferndale,    Washington,"   23rd  Midyear  Meeting  of  the  American
    Petroleum Instituted Division of Refining, May, 1958.

20.  Denbo,  R.  T., and Gowdy, F. W., "Baton  Rouge  Waste  Water  Control
    Program  Nears  End,"  The  Oil  and Gas Journal, pp. 62-65, May 29,
    1972.

21.  Diehl,  D.  S., Denbo, R. T.,  Bhatta,  M.  N.,  and  sitman,  W.  D.,
    "Effluent Quality Control .at a Large Refinery," Journal of the Water
    Pollution Control Federation, 43  (11), November, 1971.

22.  Dorris, T.  C.,   Patterson,  D.,  copeland,  B.  J.,  "Oil  Refinery
    Effluent  Treatment  in  Ponds," 35th Meeting of the Water Pollution
    Control Federation, pp. 932-939, #  October  7-11, 1962.

23.  Easthagen, J. H., Skrylov, V., and  Purvis,  A.  L.,  "Development  of
    Refinery Waste water Control at Pascagbwle, Mississippi,"  Journal of
    Water  Pollution  Control Federation, 37  (12):   1621-1628, December,
    1965.

24.  Elkin,  H. F., "Activated  Sludge  Process   Application  to Refinery
    Effluent  Waters," Journal of Water Pollution Control Federation, 28
    (9):   1122-1129, September,  1956.

25.  Fair,  G. M.,  Geyer, J. C., and Okum, D. A., Water  and  Waste  water
    Engineering,  Volume 2, John Wiley 6 Sons, Inc.,  New York,  1968.
                                     186

-------
26.  ^luid  Bed  Incineration  of  Petroleum  Refinery  Wastes  fcr   the
    Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Washington,  D.C.,  March, 1971.
    12050KET

27.  Ford, D.  L.,  and  Buercklin,  M.  A.,  "The  Interrelationship  of
    Biological-Carbon  Adsorption  Systems for the Treatment of Refinery
    and Petrochemical Waste waters," 6th International  Water  Pollution
    Research Conference, Session 11, Hall C, June 18-23, 1972.

28.  Fosberg, T. M., "Industrial Waste Water Reclamation," 74th  National
    Meeting American Institute of Chemical Engineers, March 11-15, 1973.


29.  Franzen, A. E., Skogan, V.  G.,  and  Grutsch,  J.  F.,  "Successful
    Tertiary  Treatment  at American," The Oil and Gas Journal, April 3,
    1972.

30.  Gillian, A.  S.,  and  Anderegg,  F.  C.,  "Biological  Disposal  of
    Refinery  Wastes," 14th Purdue Industrial Waste Conference, pp. 145-
    154, 1959.

31.  Gloyna, E. G., Brady, S. 0., and Lyles, H., "Use of Aerated  Lagoons
    and Ponds in Refinery and Chemical Waste Treatment," 41st Conference
    of the Water Pollution Control Federation, September 22-27, 1968.

31a.  Hale,  J.H.,  and  Myers,  L.H.,  "The  Agencies Removed by Carbon
    Treatment of Refinery Waste waters".

    Hart, J. A., "Air Flotation Treatment and Reuse  of  Refinery  Waste
    water," 25th Annual Purdue Industrial Waste Conference, May, 1970.

33.  Hart, J. A., "On Improving Waste water Quality,"  Water,  and  Sewage
    Works, IW 20-26, September-October, 1970.

34.  Hentschel, M. L., and  Cox,  T.  L.,  "Effluent  Water  Treating  at
    Charter International Oil Company's Houston Refinery," 74th National
    Meeting American Institute of Chemical Engineers, March, 1973.

35.  Home, W. R., and Hurse, J. E., "Biological  Reduction  of  Phenolic
    Type Industrial Wastes," Southern Engineering, January, 1965.

35a.  Ingols,  R.S.,  "The  Toxicity  of  Chromium," $ percentSth Purdue
    Industrial waste conference,$ percent pp. 86-95, 1953.

36.  Kaup,  E.  C.,  "Design  Factors  in  Reverse   Osmosis,"   Chemical
    Engineering, April 2, 1973.

37.  Klett,  Robert  J.,  "Treat  sour  Water  for  Profit,"  Hydrocarbon
    Processing, October, 1972.
                                   187

-------
38.  Klipple, R. W., "Pollution Control Built into Guayama  Petrochemical
    Complex," water and sewage Works, 116  (3):  IW 2-6, March, 1969.
39. Lankin, J. C., and Sord, L. V., "American Oil Cleans  up  Wastes
    Aerated  Lagoons,"  Hydrocarbon  Processing  & Petroleum Refiner, 43
    (5) :   133-136, May, 1964,

40. "Major  Oil  Fields  Around  the  World,"  International   Petroleum
    Encyclopedia, 1967, Petroleum Publishing Co., Tulsa, Oklahoma.

41. Mohler, E. F. Jr., Clere, L. T.,  "Development  of  Extensive  Water
    Reuse   and   Bio-oxidation  in  a  Large  Oil  Refinery,"  National
    Conference on Complete Water Reuse, April, 1973.

42. McKinney, R. E., "Biological Treatment Systems for Refinery Wastes,"
    39th Annual Conference of the Water  Pollution  Control  Federation,
    pp.  346-359, September 24-30, 1966.

43. McKinney, G. M., Ferrero, E. P., and Wenger,  W.  J.,  "Analysis  of
    Crude  Oils  from  546  Important  Oil Fields in the United States,"
    Report of Investigations  6819,  United  states  Department  of  the
    Interior.

44. McPhee, W. T., and Smith,  A.  R.,  "From  Refinery  Waste  to  Pure
    Water,"  16th Purdue Industrial Wastes Conference, pp. 440-448, May,
    1961.

45. McWilliams, F. G., and Schuller, R. P., "SNG, Naptha and  Low-Sul
    Fuel  Oils  from  Crude  oils Using Commercially Proven Technolog
    American Institute of Chemical Engineers,  New  York,  November
    December 2, 1972.

46. Patterson,  J.  W.,  and  Minear,  R.  A.,  Waste  water   Treatment
    Technology,  for  State  of  Illinois  Institute  for  Environmental
    Quality, 2nd, January, 1973.

47. "P.  C. Treatment Gets Industrial Trial," Environmental  Science  and
    Technology, Vol. 7, No. 3, March, 1973, pp. 200-202.

48. Peoples, R. F., Krishnan, P., and simonsery, R.  N.,  "Nonbiological
    Treatment  of  Refinery Waste water," Journal of the Water Pollution
    Control Federation, 44  (11): 2120-2128, November, 1972.

48a. "Petroleum Refining Effluent  Guidelines",  for  the  Environmental
    Protection Agency, Office of Water Programs.

49. "Petroleum Refining Industry Waste water Profile"  for  the  Federal
    Water Pollution Control Association.
                                  188

-------
50. »Porges, JR., "Industrial Waste  Stabilization  Ponds  in  the  United
    States,"  Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, 35  (4) :
    456-468, April, 1963.

51. Prather, B.  V.,  "Effects  of  Aeration  on  Refinery  Waste  Water
    Effluents,"  Western  Petroleum  Refiners Association Proceedings of
    the Waste Disposal and Stream  Pollution  Conference,  October  7-*-8,
    1959.

52. "Pretreatment of Discharges  to  Publicly  Owned  Treatment  Works,"
    Federal Guidelines, E.P.A., 1973.

53. Process  Design  Manual   for   Carbon   Adsorption,   Environmental
    Protection Agency,'Washington, D.C., October, 1971.

54. Process Design Manual for Suspended  Solids  Removal,  Environmental
    Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., 1971.

55. Purcell, W. L., and Miller, R. B., "Waste Treatment  of  Skelly  Oil
    Company's  El Dorado, Kansas Refinery," 16th Purdue Industrial Waste
    Conference, pp. 292-303,  1961.

56. Rambow, C. A., "Industrial Waste  water  Reclamation,"  23rd  Purdue
    Industrial Waste Conference, pp. 1-9, May, 1968.

57. Reid, G. W., and Streebin, L. E., "Evaluation of Waste  Waters  from
    Petroleum  and Coal Processing," Prepared for Office of Reserach and
    Monitoring U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,,  Washington,  D.C.,
    (Contract no. EPA-R2-72-001.  December, 1972).

58. Rodriguez, D. G., "Sour  Water  Strippers,"  74th  National  Meeting
    American Institute of Chemical Engineers, March 11-15, 1973.

59. Rose, B. A., "Water  Conservation  Reduces  Load  on  Sohio's  Waste
    Treatment  Plant,"  Water  and  Sewage  Works,  116   (9):   IW  4-8,
    September, 1969.

60. Rose, W. L., and Gorringe, G. E., "Activated  Sludge  Plant  Handles
    Loading  Variations,"  The  Oil and Gas Journal, pp. 62-65, October,
    1972.

61. Sebald, J. F., "A Survey of Evaporative and Non-Evaporative  Cooling
    Systems,"  74th  National  Meeting  American  Institute  of Chemical
    Engineers, March 11-15, 1973.

62. Selvidge,  C.  W.,  Conway,  J.  E.,  and  Jensen,  R.   H.,   "Deep
    Desulfurization  of Atmospheric Reduced Crudes by RCD isomax," Japan
    Petroleum Institute Meeting, Tokyo, Japan, November 29, 1972.
                                  189

-------
62a.  Short,  E., and Myers, L.H., "Pilot-Plant Activated Carbon Treatment
    of Petroleum Refinery Waste water".
63.  Skamser, Robert O.,  "The  U.S.  Refining  Outlook  to  1980,"
    National Meeting American Institute of Chemical Engineers, March 11-
    15,  1973.

64.  Solid  Waste  Disposal  Study,  Technical  Report  Genesee   County,
    Michigan,  U.S.  Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Bureau
    of Solid Waste Management, Cincinnati, 1969.

65.  Standard Industrial Classification Manual, 1967, Executive Office of
    the President, Bureau of the Budget.

66.  Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Waste water,  American
    Public  Health  Association,  American waterworks Association, water
    Pollution Control Federation, 13th Edition.

67.  Stern, Arthur C. , Air Pollution,  Vol.  Ill,  Academic  Press  Inc.,
    1968.

68.  Stramberg, J. B. , "EPA  Research  and  Development  Activities  with
    Oxygen  Aeration,"  Technology Transfer Design Seminar for Municipal
    Waste water Treatment Facilities, February 29 and March 1-2, 1972.

69.  Strong, E. R., and Hatfield, R. , "Treatment of Petrochemical  Wastes
    by   Superactivated  Sludge  Process,"  Industrial  and  Engineering
    Chemistry, 46  (2): 308-315, February, 1954.

70.  strother,  C.  w..  Vermilion,  W.  L. ,  and  Conner,  A.  J.,  "UOP
    Innovations  in  Design of Fluid Catalytic Cracking Units," Division
    of Refining, 37th Midyear Meeting, New York, May 8-12, 1972.

71.  stroud, P. W. , sorg, L. v., and Lamkin,  J.  C. ,  "The  First  Large
    Scale  Industrial Waste Treatment Plant on the Missouri River," 18th
    Purdue Industrial Waste Conference, pp. 460-475, 1963.


72.  Thompson, C. S., Stock, J. , and Mehta, P. L. ,  "Cost  and  Operating
    Factors  for Treatment of Oil Waste Water," The oil and Gas Journal,
    pp. 53-56, November 20, 1972.

72a. U.S. Department of Health, Education and  Welfare,   "Public  Health
    Service Drinking Water Standards", PHS Publication No. 956,1962.

73.  Walker, G. J., "A Design Method for Sour  Water  Stream  Strippers,"
    National Petroleum Refiners Association, March 23-26, 1969.

74. Watkins, C. H. , and  Czajkowski,  G.  J.,   "Hydrodesulfurization  of
    Atmospheric  and  Vacuum  Gas  Oils," 68th National Meeting American
                                  190

-------
 Institute of Chemical Engineers,  Houston,  Texas,   February  28-March
"4,  1971.

 Wigren, A.  A.,  and Burton,  F.  L., "Refinery  Waste  water  Control,"
 Journal of the  Water Pollution Control Federation, 44 (1):  117-128,
 January,  1972.
                               191

-------
                              SECTION XIV

                           GLOSSARY AND ABBREVIATIONS


Glossary


Acid Oil

Straight chain and cyclic hydrocarbon with carboxyl group(s) attached.

Act

The Federal Water Pollution Act Amendments of 1972.

Aerobic

In the presence of oxygen.

Alkylates

Branched paraffin hydrocarbons.

Anaerobic

Living or active in absence of free oxygen.

   latic Life
All  living  forms in natural waters, including plants, fish, shellfish,
and lower forms of animal life.

Aromatics

Hydrogen compounds involving a 6-carbon, benzene ring structure.

Best Available Technology Economically Achievable  (BATEA)

Treatment required by July 1, 1983 for industrial  discharge  to  surface
waters as defined by section 310  (b)  (2)  (A) of the Act.

Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Achievable  (BPCTCA)

Treatment  required  by July 1, 1977  for industrial discharge to surface
waters as defined by section 301  (b)  (1)  (A) of the Act.
Best Available Demonstrated Technology  (BADT)
                                   193

-------
Treatment required for new sources as defined by section 306 of the Act.

Biochemical Oxygen Demand

Oxygen used by bacteria in consuming a waste substance.

Blowdown

A discharge from a  system,  designed  to  prevent  a  buildup  of  some
material, as in boiler and cooling tower to control dissolved solids.

Butadiene

Synthetic hydrocarbon having two unsaturated carbon bonds.

By-Product

Material  which,  if  recovered, would accrue some economic benefit, but
not necessarily enough to cover the cost of recovery.

Capital Costs

Financial charges which are computed as the cost of  capital  times  the
capital  expenditures  for  pollution  control.   The cost of capital is
based upon a weighted average of the separate costs of debt and equity.

Catalyst

A substance which can change the rate of a chemical reaction, but  wh
is not itself involved in the reaction.

Category and Subcategory

Divisions  of  a  particular  industry  which processed different traits
which affect water quality and treatability.

Chemical Oxygen Demand

Oxygen consumed through chemical oxidation of a waste.

Clarification

The  process  of  removing  undissolved   materials   from   a   liquid.
Specifically, removal of solids either by settling or filtration.
Coke Petroleum

Solid residue of 90 to  95 percent fixed carbon.
                                   194

-------
Cycles of Concentration

  e  ratio  of  the  dissolved solids concentration of the recirculating
   er to make-up water.
Depletion or Loss

The volume of  water  which  is  evaporated,  embodied  in  product,   or
otherwise  disposed  of in such a way that it is no longer available  for
reuse in the plant or available for reuse by others outside the plant.

Depreciation

The cost reflecting the deterioration of a capital asset over its useful
life.

Direct-Fired Heater

A heater in which heat is supplied by combustion, as distinguished  from
a heat exchanger where heat is supplied by a hot liquid or gas.

Emulsion

A  liquid  system  in  which  one  liquid is finely dispersed in another
liquid -in such a manner that the  two  will  not  separate  through  the
action of gravity alone.
End-of-Pipe Treatment
          of overall refinery wastes, as distinguished from treatment at
individual processing units.

Filtration

Removal  of solid particles or liquids from other liquids or gas streams
by passing the liquid or gas stream through a filter media.

Fractionator

A generally cylindrical tower in which a mixture of liquid components is
vaporized  and  the  components  separated  by  carefully  varying   the
temperature and sometimes pressure along the length of the tower.

Gasoline

A mixture of hydrocarbon compounds with a boiling range between 100 o and
UOOo F.

Grease
                                 195

-------
A solid or semi-solid composition made up of animal fats,  alkali, water,
oil and various additives.

Hydrocarbon

A compound consisting of carbon and hydrogen.

Hydrogenation

The  contacting  of unsaturated or impure hydrocarbons with hydrogen gas
at controlled temperatures and pressures for the  purpose  of  obtaining
saturated hydrocarbons and/or removing various impurities such as sulfur
and nitrogen.

Industrial Waste

All wastes streams within a plant.  Included are contact and non-contact
waters.   Not  included  are  wastes typically considered to be sanitary
wastes.

Investment costs

The capital expenditures required to  bring  the  treatment  or  control
technology  into  operation.  These include the traditional expenditures
such as design;  purchase  of  land  and  materials; ''site  preparation;
construction  and  installation;  etc.,  plus  any  additional  expenses
required to bring the technology into operation  including  expenditures
to establish related necessary solid waste disposal.

Isomer

A  chemical  compound  that  has  the same number, and kinds of atoms as
another compound, but a different structural arrangement of the atoms.

Mercaptan

An organic compound containing hydrogen, carbon, and sulfur  (RSH) .

Microcrystalline Wax

A non-crystalline solid hydrogen with a melting point of about   106o  to
195o F.  Also known as petrolatum.

Motor Octane Number

An expression of the antiknock value of gasoline.


Naphtha
                                 196

-------
    I
A  petroleum  fraction, including parts of the boiling range of gasoline
and Tcerosine, from which solvents are obtained.
           Acids

Partially oxidized naphthalenes.

New Source

Any building, structure, facility, or installation from which  there  is
or  may be a discharge of pollutants and whose construction is commenced
after the publication of the proposed regulations.

No Discharge of Pollutants

No net increase (or detectable  gross  concentration  if  the  situation
dictates)  of  any  parameter  designated as a pollutant to the accuracy
that can be determined from the designated analytical method.

Octane

The numerical rating of a gasoline's resistance to engine knock.

Olefins

Unsaturated straight-chain hydrocarbon compounds seldom present in crude
oil, but frequently in cracking processes.

   ration and Maintenance

Costs required to operate and maintain  pollution  abatement  equipment.
They  include  labor,  material, insurance, taxes, solid waste disposal,
etc.

Overhead Accumulator

A tank in which the condensed vapors from the tops of the fractionators,
steam strippers, or stabilizers are collected.

Paraffin Wax

A crystalline solid hydrocarbon with a melting point of 105o to 1.55o F.

Petroleum

A complex  liquid  mixture  of  hydrocarbons  and  small  quantities  of
nitrogen, sulfur, and oxygen.

PH
                                  197

-------
A  measure  of the relative acidity or alkalinity of water.   A pH of 7.0
indicates a neutral condition.   A greater pH indicates alkalinity and  a
lower  pH  indicates acidity.  A one unit change in pH indicates 10 fold
change in acidity and alkalinity.

Phenol

Class of cyclic organic derivatives with basic formula C6HOH.

Pretreatment

Treatment proved prior to discharge to a publicly owned treatment works.

Process Effluent or Discharge

The volume of water emerging from a particular use in the plant.

Plant Effluent or Discharge After Treatment

The volume of waste water discharge from the industrial plant.  In  this.
definition,  any  waste  treatment  device  is  considered  part  of the
industrial plant.

Raffinate

The portion of the oil which remains undissolved and is not  removed  by
solvent extraction.

Raw

Untreated or unprocessed.

Reduced Crude

The  thick,  dark,  high-boiling  residue  remaining after crude oil has
undergone atmospheric and/or vacuum fractionation.

Secondary Treatment

Biological treatment provided beyond primary clarification.

Sludge

The settled solids from a thickener or clarifier.  Generally, almost any
flocculated settled mass.

Sour

Denotes  the  presence  of   sulfur  compounds,  such  as  sulfides   and
mercaptans, that cause bad odors.
                                  198

-------
Spent. Caustic

   ecus  solution  of  sodium  hydroxide  that  has  been used to remove
   fides, mercaptans, and organic acids from petroleum fractions.

Stabilizer

A type of fractionator used to  remove  dissolved  gaseous  hydrocarbons
from liquid hydrocarbon products.

Standard Raw Waste Loads  (SRWL)

Net  pollution loading produced per unit of production  (or raw material)
by a refining process after separation of the separables  (STS).

Stripper

A unit in which certain components are removed from a liquid hydrocarbon
mixture by passing a gas, usually steam, through the mixture.

Supernatant

The layer floating above the surface of a layer of solids.

Surface Waters

Navigable waters.  The  waters  of  the  United  States,  including  the
   rritorial seas.
^?e
  eet

Denotes  the  absence of odor^causing sulfur compounds, such as sulfides
and mercaptans.

Topping Plant

A refinery whose processing is largely confined to oil into raw products
by simple atmospheric distillation.

Total Suspended Solids  (TSS)

Any solids found in waste water or in the stream which in most cases can
be removed by filtration.  The origin of suspended matter .may  be  man-
made wastes or natural  sources such as silt from erosion.

Waste Discharged

The  amount  (usually   expressed  as  weight)  of some residual substance
which is suspected or dissolved in the plant effluent after treatment.if
any.
                                  199

-------
Waste Generated

The amount (usually expressed as  weight)  of  some  residual
generated  by  a  plant  process  or  the  plant  as  whole and which
suspended or dissolved in  water.   This  quantity  is  measured  before
treatment.

Waste Loading

Total  amount  of pollutant substance, generally expressed as pounds per
day.
                                  200

-------
Abbreviations





   - Aerated Lagoon •



AS - Activated Sludge



API - American Petroleum Institute



BADT - Best Available Demonstrated Technology



BATEA - Best Available Technology Economically Achievable



BPCTCA - Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available



bbl - Barrel



BOD - Biochemical Oxygen Demand



bpcd - Barrels per calendar day



bpsd - Barrels per stream day  (operating day)



BS and W - Bottom Sediment and Water



BTX - Benzene-Toluene-Xylene mixture



    - Chemical Oxygen Demand



   m - cubic meter(s)



DAF - Dissolved Air  Flotation



DO - Dissolved Oxygen



gpm - Gallons per minute



k - thousand(e.g., thousand cubic meters)



kg - kilogram(s)



1 - liter



Ib. - pound (s).



LPG - Liquified Petroleum Gas



M - Thousand  (e.g.,  thousand barrels)



MBCD - Thousand Barrels per calendar day
                                  201

-------
MBSD  -  Thousand  Barrels  per  stream day



mgd - Million  gallons per day



mg/L  -  Milligrams  per liter  (parts per million)



MM -  Million  (e.g.,  million  pounds)



PP -  Polishing pond



psig  -  pounds  per  square inch,  gauge (above 1U.7 psig)



RSH - Mercaptan



sec - Second-unit  of 'time



scf - Standard cubic feet of gas  at 60o F and 14.7 psig



SIC - Standard Industrial Classification



SRWL  -  Standard  Raw  waste Load



ss -  Suspended Solids



STS - Susceptible  to Separation



.TOC - Total Organic  Carbon



TSS - Total Suspended Solids



VSS - volatile Suspended Solids
                                  202

-------